Quarterlytics / Industrials / Engineering & Construction / Tetra Tech

Tetra Tech

ttek · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker ttek
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Engineering & Construction
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Tetra Tech
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2023 Annual Report

3
2
5
,
4
$

1
8
4
$

0
9
7
,
4
$

4
0
5
,
3
$

4
1
2
,
3
$

5
9
9
,
2
$

Revenue

1
6
3
  $
9
9
2
$

8
6
2
$

Adjusted 
 EBITDA

4
4
7
,
3
$

0
8
4
,
3
$

9
3
2
,
3
$

Backlog

$M

$M

$M

Dear Shareholders:

We began fiscal year 2023 with the most ambitious financial 
and strategic goals in the Company’s history. I am pleased to 
share with you that we ended the year by exceeding our goals 
and delivering record highs for all key financial metrics that we 
track, driven by double-digit growth across our markets. Tetra 
Tech’s revenue increased 29%, net revenue increased 32%, and 
adjusted EBITDA increased 33% from the prior year. In January 
of 2023, RPS Group joined us, bringing 5,000 staff with highly 
complementary capabilities and a significant expansion of 

our European and Australian operations. In 2023 we also initiated a high-end software 
subscription practice that builds on our 50 years of digital experience. 

Our excellent performance in 2023 is the result of a decade of strategic focus on providing 
high-end water, environment, and sustainable infrastructure services for our clients. 
Today, Tetra Tech has become a global company with an industry-leading reputation,  
$5 billion in annual revenue, and double-digit growth rates. Throughout this evolution, 
Tetra Tech’s combination of technical expertise, digital capabilities, and disciplined 
execution have given us an enduring competitive advantage.

Our strong cash generation and capital allocation strategy provides long-term 
compounding benefit to our shareholders. In 2023 our days sales outstanding improved 
by an additional 7 days, to a record low 54 days, which is a remarkable 30% below the 
industry average. This contributed to an all-time-high cash generation from operations of 
$368 million. In the past three years, we have returned $398 million to our shareholders 
through dividends and buybacks and generated a 70% shareholder return over the same 
time frame. The new credit structure we put in place in 2023 has also reduced future 
annual interest payments by approximately $20 million per year, while enhancing our 
ability to access additional capital for strategic investments. 

Tetra Tech’s expertise and focus is directly aligned with our clients’ spending priorities for 
climate change mitigation and adaptation, reliable and safe water supplies, environmental 
restoration and biodiversity protection, and support for the clean energy transition. We 
are entering 2024 with a record high backlog of $4.79 billion, up $1 billion from last year; 
$25 billion in contract capacity; more than 20,000 clients; and significantly broadened 
access to key addressable markets in the United States, Canada, Europe, and Australia.  

During 2023 we were awarded multiple contracts by large government agencies such as 
the U.S. Agency for International Development, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 
and the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE). The scope of these contracts includes 
improving water efficiency and conservation in Jordan, accelerating environmental 
cleanup in the Great Lakes region, and restoring and protecting watersheds and water 
bodies throughout the United States. We were selected by the USACE for a $200 million 
contract under the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act to modernize inland navigation 
and restore aquatic ecosystems. We also further enhanced our water practice in the 
United Kingdom with the new award of a $76 million Scottish Water contract to develop 
digital solutions and optimize water systems. 

Tetra Tech is differentiated by our Leading with Science® approach combining practical 
expertise, advanced analytics, and artificial intelligence to address our public and private 
sector clients’ complex challenges worldwide. In 2023 Engineering News-Record ranked 
Tetra Tech #1 in Water for the 20th consecutive year and #1 in Environment for the 15th 
consecutive year. 

Investor’s Business Daily recognized Tetra Tech as the #1 firm for Human Capital in 
November 2023. Our extraordinary workforce is how we achieve the insight, analysis, 
and solutions that drive our business, and what makes Tetra Tech unique in the industry. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We attract individuals who want a career at Tetra Tech, from top entry-level 
university recruits to industry-leading experts, resulting in our low turnover 
rate of 7% and internal staff advancement into leadership roles. We believe in 
diversity in all aspects of our work and that inclusive teams are more engaged, 
creative, and successful. Tetra Tech values our diverse employee-led resource 
groups and our company-wide collaboration teams that reflect the spirit of 
engagement, innovation, and entrepreneurship throughout the Company. We 
value making a positive difference through the work we do, as evidenced by our 
aspiration to improve the lives of a billion people by 2030. Through our work, we 
have improved 545 million lives to date.   

As we look to the future, we see strong alignment between Tetra Tech’s 
services and our clients’ funding priorities for climate change, water resilience, 
biodiversity and ecosystem protection, and the global clean energy transition. 
Our strategy for the next decade builds on our past success by focusing on 
three growth areas: continued leadership as the premier water, environment, 
and sustainable infrastructure consultancy; the addition of recurring revenue 
streams from our suite of data analytics solutions; and the maturing of our 
clean energy transition practice. 

In 2023 we launched our subscription services practice, offering software that 
monetizes our intellectual property, adds to our customer base, and creates 
new recurring revenue streams. For decades we have led in the development 
of predictive models, often referred to as digital twins, for the management of 
ecosystems, watersheds, and water facilities. Today, our subscription solutions 
such as FusionMapTM and OceansMapTM can be broadly applied to optimize water 
management, decarbonize buildings, assess damages from natural disasters, 
and enhance coastal ecosystems. 

Tetra Tech’s clean energy practice provides our clients with high-end 
consulting ranging from early-stage energy transition planning for utilities and 
development agencies to comprehensive environmental permitting services 
for new sources of renewable energy, and the interconnection of power 
transmission systems. The RPS Group acquisition significantly expanded our 
energy transition capabilities and propelled Tetra Tech to a global leadership 
role in offshore wind by combining our dominant position in the United States 
with the market leading RPS practice in the United Kingdom and Australia.  

In this next wave of technological advancement, Tetra Tech’s industry-leading 
expertise in water and environment coupled with our digital acumen will 
enable us to deliver higher margins fueled by operational efficiency, technical 
innovation, and subscription revenues.  Tetra Tech is unwavering in our focus on 
shareholder return, disciplined performance, and an entrepreneurial culture. 
On behalf of Tetra Tech, I thank you for your continued confidence and support.

Sincerely,

Dan Batrack, Chairman and CEO

[This page intentionally left blank] 

 UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
____________________________________________________________________________ 

FORM 10-K  

(Mark One)

☒

☐

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2023    

For the Transition Period from                          to   

Commission File Number 0-19655  

____________________________________________________________________________ 

TETRA TECH, INC.  

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware

95-4148514

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

3475 East Foothill Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91107  
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) 

(626) 351-4664 
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.01 par value

TTEK

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 

None 
________________________________________________________________________ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such 
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant has  submitted electronically and posted on  its corporate Website,  if  any, every  Interactive Data File 
required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such 
shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, 
or  an  emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  "large  accelerated  filer,"  "accelerated  filer,"  "smaller  reporting  company,"  and  "emerging 
growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.   Large accelerated filer ☒    Accelerated filer ☐    Non-accelerated filer ☐    Smaller reporting 
company ☐     Emerging growth company ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any 
new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal 
control  over  financial reporting  under  Section 404(b)  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15  U.S.C. 7262(b))  by  the  registered  public  accounting firm  that 
prepared or issued its audit report. ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☒

The aggregate market value of the registrant's common stock held by non-affiliates on April 2, 2023, was $7.7 billion (based upon the closing price of 
a share of registrant's common stock as reported by the Nasdaq National Market on that date). 

On November 8, 2023, 53,247,668 shares of the registrant's common stock were outstanding. 

DOCUMENT INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of registrant's  Proxy  Statement  for its  2024 Annual  Meeting of Stockholders  are incorporated  by  reference  in  Part III  of  this  report  where 
indicated. 

Item 1

Item 1A
Item 1B
Item 2
Item 3
Item 4

Item 5
Item 6
Item 7
Item 7A
Item 8
Item 9
Item 9A
Item 9B

Item 10
Item 11
Item 12
Item 13
Item 14

Item 15

Item 16

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I

Business
General
Leading with Science
Reportable Segments
Government Services Group
Commercial/International Services Group
Project Examples
Clients
Contracts
Growth Strategy
Sustainability Program
Acquisitions and Divestitures
Competition
Backlog
Regulations
Seasonality
Climate Risk Assessment
Risk Management and Insurance
Human Capital Management
Executive Officers of the Registrant
Available Information
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures

PART II

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
[Reserved]
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information

PART III

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accounting Fees and Services

PART IV

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Index to Exhibits
Form 10-K Summary
Signatures

2 

Page

3
3
4
4
5
6
7
7
8
9
9
10
11
11
11
12
12
12
13
14
16
16
30
31
31
31

32
33
34
46
48
89
89
89

89
90
90
90
90

90
92
94
94

This  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K  ("Report"),  including  the  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations," contains forward-looking statements regarding future events and our future results that 
are subject to the safe harbors created under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") and the Securities Exchange Act 
of  1934  (the  "Exchange  Act").  All  statements  other  than  statements  of  historical  facts  are  statements  that  could  be  deemed 
forward-looking statements. These statements are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about the 
industries  in  which  we  operate  and  the  beliefs  and assumptions  of our  management.  Words  such  as  "expects,"  "anticipates," 
"targets," "goals," "projects," "intends," "plans," "believes," "estimates," "seeks," "continues," "may," variations of such words 
and  similar  expressions  are  intended  to  identify  such  forward-looking  statements.  In  addition,  statements  that  refer  to 
projections  of  our  future  financial  performance,  our  anticipated  growth  and  trends  in  our  businesses  and  other 
characterizations of future events or circumstances are forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned that these forward-
looking  statements  are  only  predictions  and  are  subject  to  risks,  uncertainties  and  assumptions  that  are  difficult  to  predict, 
including those identified below under "Risk Factors," and elsewhere herein. Therefore, actual results may differ materially and 
adversely from those expressed in any forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to revise or update publicly any 
forward-looking statements for any reason.

PART I 

Item 1.    Business 

General  

Tetra  Tech, Inc.  ("Tetra  Tech")  is  a  leading  global  provider  of  high-end  consulting  and  engineering  services  that 
focuses  on  water,  environment,  sustainable  infrastructure,  renewable  energy  and  international  development.  We  are  a  global 
company that is Leading with Science® to provide innovative solutions for our public and private clients. We typically begin at 
the earliest stage of a project by identifying technical solutions and developing execution plans tailored to our clients' needs and 
resources.  

Tetra Tech is Leading with Science® to provide sustainable and resilient solutions to our clients' most complex needs. 
Engineering  News-Record  ("ENR"),  the  engineering  industry's  leading  magazine,  has  ranked  Tetra  Tech  #1  in  Water  for 
20 years  in  a  row.  In  2023,  we  were  also  ranked  #1  in  environmental  management,  wind  power,  hydro  plants,  water 
treatment/desalination  and  green  government  offices.  ENR  also  ranked  Tetra  Tech  in  the  top  10  in  numerous  categories, 
including dams and reservoirs, marine and port facilities, power, solar power, solid waste, environmental science, chemical and 
soil remediation, hazardous waste and site assessment and compliance.

Our  reputation  for  high-end  consulting  and  engineering  services  and  our  ability  to  develop  solutions  for  water  and 
environmental  management  has  supported  our  growth  for  more  than  50 years.  Our  market  leading  climate  mitigation  and 
adaptation services are solving our clients' most complex challenges related to coastal flooding, water security, energy transition 
and biodiversity protection. Today, we are proud to be making a difference in people’s lives worldwide through our high-end 
consulting, engineering and technology service offerings. In fiscal 2023, we worked on over 100,000 projects, in more than 100 
countries  on  all  seven  continents,  with  a  talent  force  of  27,000  associates.  We  are  Leading  with  Science®  throughout  our 
operations, with domain experts across multiple disciplines supported by our advanced analytics, artificial intelligence ("AI"), 
machine learning and digital technology solutions. Our ability to provide innovation and first-of-kind solutions is enhanced by 
partnerships  with  our  forward-thinking clients.  We  are  diverse,  equitable  and  inclusive,  embracing  the  breadth  of  experience 
across our talented workforce worldwide with a culture of innovation and entrepreneurship. We are disciplined in our business, 
and focused on delivering value to customers and high performance for our shareholders. In supporting our clients, we seek to 
add value and provide long-term sustainable consulting, engineering and technology solutions.  

By  combining  ingenuity  and  practical  experience,  we  have  helped  to  advance  sustainability  by  managing  water, 
protecting the  environment, providing renewable  energy, restoring  ecosystems and creating green solutions for our cities  and 
communities. Our mission is to be the world's leading consulting and engineering firm solving global challenges in water and 
the environment that make a positive difference in people's lives worldwide.  

The following core principles form the underpinning of how we work together to serve our clients: 

•

•

•

•

Service.  We put our clients first. We listen closely to better understand our clients' needs and deliver smart, cost-
effective solutions that meet their needs. 

Value.  We solve our clients' problems as if they were our own. We develop and implement sustainable solutions 
that are innovative, efficient and practical. 

Excellence.  We bring superior technical capability, disciplined project management and excellence in safety and 
quality to all of our services. 

Opportunity.  Our  people  are  our  number  one  asset.  Opportunity  means  new  technical  challenges  that  provide 
advancement within our company, encourage an inclusive and diverse workforce and ensure a safe workplace. 

3 

We have a strong project management culture that enables us to deliver on more than 100,000 projects per fiscal year. 
Our  client-focused  project  management  is  supported  by  strong  fiscal  management  and  financial  tools.  We  use  a  disciplined 
approach to monitoring, managing and improving our return on investment in each of our business areas through our efforts to 
negotiate  appropriate  contract  terms,  manage  our  contract  performance  to  minimize  schedule  delays  and  cost  overruns  and 
promptly bill and collect accounts receivable.

We have built a broad client and contract base by proactively understanding our clients' priorities and demonstrating a 
long track record of successful performance that results in repeat business and limits competition. We believe that proximity to 
our clients is also instrumental to integrating global experience and resources with an understanding of our local clients' needs. 
Over the past year, we worked in more than 100 countries, helping our clients address complex water, environment, renewable 
energy and related sustainable infrastructure needs.

Throughout our history, we have supported both public and private clients, many for multiple decades of continuous 
contracts  and  repeat  business.  Long-term  relationships  provide  us  with  institutional  knowledge  of  our  clients'  programs,  past 
projects  and  internal  resources.  Institutional  knowledge  is  often  a  significant  factor  in  winning  competitive  proposals  and 
providing cost-effective solutions tailored to our clients' needs.

We are often at the leading edge of new challenges where we are delivering one-of-a-kind solutions. These might be a 
new  water  treatment  technology,  a  unique  solution  to  addressing  new  regulatory  requirements,  a  new  system  for  automated 
assessment of infrastructure assets or a digital twin for real time management of water treatment systems.

We  combine  interdisciplinary  capabilities,  technical  resources  and  institutional  knowledge  to  implement  complex 

projects that are at the leading edge of policy and technology development. 

Leading with Science® 

At Tetra Tech, we provide value-generating solutions by combining operational expertise, science and technology. By 
Leading with Science® and leveraging our collective technology including advanced data analytics and digital technologies, we 
create transformational solutions for our clients.

Tetra Tech's proprietary technologies and solutions, referred to collectively as the Tetra Tech Delta, differentiate us in 
the  market  and  provide  us  with  a  competitive  advantage.  We  create  customized  solutions;  from  smart  data  collection  and 
advanced  analytics  that  support  decision  making  to  AI  enabled  solutions  for  asset  management.  Our  Tetra  Tech  Delta 
technologies  are  drawn  from  our  decades  of  operational  experience  and  a  reservoir  of  technical  applications  that  are  shared 
throughout  our  company  as  well  as  select  solutions  that  are  sold  externally  as  software  subscriptions.  Our  high-end  teams 
connect interdisciplinary experts from across our  company's 27,000  staff  worldwide. Tetra Tech mobilizes  teams that include 
analysts,  statisticians,  digital  engineers  and  industry  experts  who  effectively  implement  value-generating  and  pragmatic 
solutions for our clients.

These advanced analytical solutions enable us to provide clients with real-time reporting, automated and remote data 
collection  and  dashboards  for  tracking  and  communicating  results.  Tetra  Tech  Delta  is  continually  expanding  and  includes 
cutting-edge tools on interpretive analysis, modeling of physical systems, forecasting and scenario analysis, optimization and 
operations  research.  Subscription  solutions  provide  our  clients  with  extended  capabilities  for  large  scale  data  management, 
spatial data interpretation, and ability to build and utilize digital twins for land, coastal and structural assets. 

Leading  with  Science®  also  means  fully  leveraging  the  collective  expertise  provided  by  our  global  workforce  of 
27,000  associates.  We  actively  share  information,  ideas  and  resources  across  our  global  operations  through  our  network 
structure,  guided  subject  matter  teams  and  project  team  building. We  use  company-wide  virtual  events  to  engage Tetra  Tech 
experts  world-wide  to  solve  client  challenges  and  identify  the  best  ideas  for  further  development. We  also  proactively  share 
emerging  technology  and  new  ideas  through  our  knowledge  transfer  system,  Tetra  Tech  Technology  Transfer  ("T4").  T4 
facilitates our innovation culture through webcasts, blogs, multi-media and social media across our global operations. Our Tetra 
Tech Academy  provides  a  full  suite  of  training  resources  including  project  management,  leadership  development,  and  broad 
technical skills. Academy curriculum is provided through online training, virtual workshops and in-person events. 

Reportable Segments  

We  manage  our  operations  under  two  reportable  segments.  Our  Government  Services  Group  ("GSG")  reportable 
segment primarily includes activities with U.S. government clients (federal, state and local) and all activities with development 
agencies  worldwide.  Our  Commercial/International  Services  Group  ("CIG")  reportable  segment  primarily  includes  activities 
with U.S. commercial clients and international clients other than development agencies. These reportable segments allow us to 
capitalize on our growing market opportunities and enhance the development of high-end consulting and technical solutions to 
meet our growing client demand. 

4 

The following table presents the percentage of our revenue by reportable segment:  

Reportable Segment

GSG
CIG
Inter-segment elimination

2023

47.7%
53.6
(1.3)
100.0%

Fiscal Year
2022

52.0%
49.6
(1.6)
100.0%

2021

55.2%
46.7
(1.9)
100.0%

For additional information regarding our reportable  segments, see Note  18, "Reportable Segments"  of the "Notes to 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements"  included  in  Item 8.  For  more  information  on  risks  related  to  our  business,  reportable 
segments and geographic regions, including risks related to foreign operations, see Item 1A, “Risk Factors” of this report.  

Government Services Group  

GSG  provides  high-end consulting and engineering services primarily to U.S. government clients (federal, state  and 
local) and international development agencies worldwide. GSG supports U.S. government civilian and defense agencies with 
services in water, environment, sustainable infrastructure, information technology and disaster management. GSG also provides 
engineering design services for U.S. based federal and municipal clients, especially in water infrastructure, flood protection and 
solid  waste.  GSG  also  leads  our  support  for  development  agencies  worldwide,  especially  in  the  United  States,  the  United 
Kingdom and Australia.  

GSG  provides  consulting  and  engineering  services  for  a  broad  range  of  water,  environment  and  sustainable 
infrastructure-related needs primarily for U.S. government clients. The primary GSG markets include water resources analysis 
and  water  management,  environmental  monitoring,  data  analytics,  government  consulting,  waste  management  and  a  broad 
range of civil infrastructure master planning and resilient engineering design for facilities, transportation and local development 
projects.  GSG's  services  span  from  early  data  collection  and  monitoring,  to  data  analysis  and  information  management,  to 
science and engineering applied research, to engineering design, to project management and operations and maintenance. 

GSG  provides  our  clients  with  sustainable  solutions  that  optimize  their  water  management  and  environmental 
programs  to  address  regulatory  requirements,  improve  operational  efficiencies  and  manage  assets.  Our  services  advance 
sustainability  and  resiliency  through  the  "greening"  of  infrastructure,  design  of  energy  efficiency  and  resource  conservation 
programs, innovation in the capture and sequestration of carbon, development of disaster preparedness and response plans and 
improvement  in  water  and  land  resource  management  practices.  We  provide  climate  change  and  energy  management 
consulting,  and  greenhouse  gas  ("GHG")  inventory  assessment,  certification,  reduction  and  management  services.  GSG  also 
provides planning, architectural and sustainable engineering services for U.S. federal, state and local government facilities. We 
support  government  agencies  with  related  sustainable  infrastructure  needs,  asset  management  for  military  housing  and 
educational, institutional and research facilities.  

Many  government  organizations  face  complex  problems  due  to  increased  demand  and  competition  for  water  and 
natural resources, newly understood threats to human health and the environment, aging infrastructure and demand for new and 
more resilient infrastructure. Our integrated water management services support government agencies responsible for managing 
water supplies, wastewater treatment, storm water management and flood protection. We help our clients develop more resilient 
water  supplies  and  more  sustainable  management  of  water  resources,  while  addressing  a  wide  range  of  local  and  national 
government requirements  and  policies.  Fluctuations  in  weather  patterns  and  extreme  events,  such  as  prolonged  droughts  and 
more frequent flooding, are increasing concerns over the reliability of water supplies, the need to protect coastal areas and flood 
mitigation and adaptation in metropolitan areas. We provide smart water infrastructure solutions that integrate water modeling, 
instrumentation  and  controls  and  real-time  controls  to  create  flexible  water  systems  that  respond  to  changing  conditions, 
optimize  use  of  existing  infrastructure  and  provide  clients  with  the  ability  to  monitor  and  manage  their  water  infrastructure 
more  efficiently.  We  provide  operational  technology  for  secure  management  of  water  treatment  and  wastewater  systems, 
including cybersecurity assessments and digital twin solutions. 

We  also  support  government  agencies  in  the  full  range  of  disaster  response  and  community  resilience  services 
including  monitoring  and  environmental  response,  damage  assessment  and  program  management  services  and  resilient 
engineering design and mitigation planning. We have a full suite of Tetra Tech Delta technology and specialized procedures that 
support  our  disaster  response,  planning  and  management  support  services.  These  tools  and  procedures  address  disaster 
management  and  community  resilience  data  management  needs,  including  information  technology  systems,  portals, 
dashboards, data management, data analytics and statistical analysis. 

GSG  provides  a  wide  range  of  consulting  and  engineering  services  for  solid  waste  management,  including  landfill 
design and management, and recycling facility design throughout the United States; providing design, project management and 
maintenance  services  to  manage  solid  and  hazardous  waste;  as  well  as  innovative  renewable  energy  projects  such  as  solar 

5 

energy-generating  landfill  caps;  and  providing  full-service  solutions  for  gas-to-energy  facilities  to  efficiently  use  landfill 
methane gas. 

We provide high-end advanced analytics and information technology ("IT") consulting and support to various federal 
clients including AI applications, machine learning, modernization of IT systems and cloud migration. We design solutions to 
manage and analyze data for major federal agency programs including data related to health, security, environment and water 
programs.  We  provide  technical  support  for  the  Federal  Aviation  Administration  to  optimize  the  U.S.  airspace  system  and 
support  related  aviation  systems  integration  for  the  U.S.  and  other  countries'  metropolitan  airports.  We  provide  specialized 
modeling  and  data  analytics  for  airspace  acoustic  analysis.  Our  aviation  airspace  services  include  data  management,  data 
processing,  communications  and  outreach  and  systems  development;  and  providing  systems  analysis  and  information 
management.   

We  support  governments  in  implementing  international  development  programs  for  developing  nations  to  help  them 
address numerous challenges, including access to potable water and adapting to the threats of climate change. Our international 
development  services  include  supporting  donor  agencies  to  develop  safe  and  reliable  water  supplies  and  sanitation  services, 
support the eradication of poverty, improve livelihoods, promote democracy and increase economic growth. Our programs span 
planning, designing, implementing, researching and monitoring projects and leverage advanced technology to collect, manage 
and provide analytics for our clients. Key areas of focus include climate change, agriculture and rural development, governance 
and institutional development, natural resources and the environment, infrastructure, economic growth, energy, rule of law and 
justice systems, land tenure and property  rights and  training and consulting for public-private  partnerships. Our projects also 
include  building  capacity  and  strengthening  institutions  in  areas  such  as  global  health,  energy  sector  reform,  utility 
management, education, food security and local governance.  

Commercial/International Services Group 

CIG  primarily  provides  high-end  consulting  and  engineering  services  to  U.S.  commercial  clients,  and  international 
clients inclusive of the commercial and government sectors. CIG supports commercial clients worldwide in renewable energy, 
industrial,  high-performance  buildings  and  aerospace  markets.  CIG  also  provides  sustainable  infrastructure  and  related 
environmental,  engineering,  and  project  management  services  to  commercial  and  local government  clients  across  Canada,  in 
Asia Pacific (primarily Australia and New Zealand), Europe, the United Kingdom, as well as Brazil and Chile. 

CIG provides consulting and engineering services worldwide for a broad range of water, environment and sustainable 
infrastructure-related needs in both developed and emerging economies. The primary markets for CIG's services include natural 
resources,  energy  and  utilities,  as  well  as  sustainable  infrastructure  master  planning  and  engineering  design  for  facilities, 
transportation and local development projects. CIG's services span from early data collection and monitoring to data analysis 
and information management, to feasibility studies and assessments, to science and engineering applied research, to engineering 
design, to project management and operations and maintenance.  

CIG's  environmental  services  include  cleanup  and  beneficial  reuse  of  sites  contaminated  with  hazardous  materials, 
toxic chemicals and oil and petroleum products, which cover all phases of the remedial planning process, starting with disaster 
response  and  initial  site  assessment  through  removal  actions,  remedial  design  and  implementation  oversight;  and  supporting 
both commercial and government clients in planning and implementing remedial activities at numerous sites around the world, 
and providing a broad range of environmental analysis and planning services. 

CIG  also  supports  commercial  clients  by  providing  design  services  to  renovate,  upgrade  and  modernize  industrial 
water supplies, and address industrial water treatment and water reuse needs; and provides plant engineering, project execution 
and program management services for industrial water treatment projects throughout the world. 

CIG  provides planning, architectural and sustainable engineering services for commercial  and government facilities. 
We  provide  high-end  design  of  sustainable  energy,  water  and  GHG  decarbonization  solutions  including  civil,  electrical, 
mechanical, structural and hydraulic engineering for buildings, campuses and surrounding developments. We provide high-end 
services  in  addressing  indoor  health  and  associated  assessment,  consulting  and  retrofits  of  buildings  to  address  indoor  air 
quality and safety. We also provide engineering services for a wide range of clients with specialized needs, such as data centers, 
advanced manufacturing, security systems, training and audiovisual facilities, clean rooms, laboratories, medical facilities and 
disaster preparedness facilities. 

CIG's  international  services,  especially  in  Canada,  Europe,  the  United  Kingdom,  and Asia  Pacific,  include  high-end 
analytical,  engineering,  architecture,  geotechnical,  project  management  and  advisory  services  for  infrastructure  projects, 
including  early  project  planning,  rail  and  roadway  monitoring  and  asset  management  services,  collection  of  condition  data, 
optimization  of  upgrades  and  long-term  planning  for  expansion;  multi-modal  design  services  for  commuter  railway  stations, 
airport expansions, bridges and major highways and ports and harbors; and designing resilient solutions to repair, replace and 
upgrade older transportation infrastructure. 

6 

CIG  provides  infrastructure  design  services  in  extreme  and  remote  areas  by  using  specialized  techniques  that  are 
adapted to local resources, while minimizing environmental impacts, and considering potential climate change impacts. These 
include  providing  consulting,  geotechnical  and  design  services  to  owners  of  transportation,  natural  resources,  energy  and 
community infrastructure in areas of permafrost or extreme climate regions. 

CIG's energy services include support for electric power utilities and independent power producers worldwide, ranging 
from  macro-level  planning  and  management  advisory  services  to  project-specific  environmental,  engineering,  project 
management and operational services, and advising on energy security and the design and implementation of smart grids, both 
domestically and internationally, including increasing utility automation, information and operational technologies and critical 
infrastructure  security.  For  utilities  and  governmental  regulatory  agencies,  our  services  include  policy  and  regulatory 
development, utility management, performance improvement and asset management and evaluation. For developers and owners 
of  renewable  energy  resources  such  as  solar  grid  and  off-grid,  on-shore  and  off-shore  wind,  biogas  and  biomass,  tidal, 
hydropower,  conventional  power  generation  facilities,  micro-grid  and  battery  or  alternative  storage  facilities,  as  well  as 
transmission  and  distribution  assets,  our  services  include  environmental,  electrical,  mechanical  and  civil  engineering, 
procurement, operations and maintenance and regulatory support for all project phases. 

CIG  supports  industrial  clients  globally.  Our  services  include  environmental  permitting  support,  siting  studies, 
strategic  planning  and  analyses;  design  of  site  civil  works;  water  management;  biological  and  cultural  assessments,  and  site 
investigations; and hazardous waste site remediation. 

CIG  also provides environmental  remediation and reconstruction services to evaluate and restore  lands to beneficial 
use,  remediating,  and  restoring  contaminated  facilities  in  the  U.S.  and  around  the  world;  managing  large,  complex  sediment 
remediation  programs  that  help  restore  rivers  and  coastal  waters  to  beneficial  use;  and  supporting  utilities  in  the  U.S.  in 
implementing restoration and environmental management programs. 

Project Examples  

Project examples are provided on our company website located at tetratech.com, including expert interviews, in-depth 
articles  and  project  profiles  that  demonstrate  our  services  across  water,  environment,  sustainable  infrastructure,  renewable 
energy and international development. 

Clients  

We provide services to a diverse base of U.S. federal government, U.S. state and local government, U.S. commercial 

and international clients. The following table presents the percentage of our revenue by client sector: 

Client Sector

U.S. federal government (1)
U.S. state and local government
U.S. commercial
International (2)

2023

30.7%
13.4
19.2
36.7
100.0%

Fiscal Year
2022

30.4%
17.2
21.4
31.0
100.0%

2021

33.6%
16.7
19.9
29.8
100.0%

(1)     Includes revenue generated under U.S. federal government contracts performed outside the United States. 
(2)     Includes revenue generated from non-U.S. clients, primarily in Canada, Australia, Europe and the United Kingdom.

U.S. federal  government agencies  are  significant clients. The U.S. Agency for  International  Development accounted 
for 12.2%, 11.0% and 11.7% of our revenue in fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The Department of Defense ("DoD") 
accounted for 8.9%, 9.7% and 11.2% of our revenue in fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. We typically support multiple 
programs within a single U.S. federal government agency, both domestically and internationally. We also assist U.S. state and 
local  government  clients  in  various  jurisdictions  across  the  United  States.  Our  international  clients  are  primarily  focused  in 
Canada, Australia, Europe and the United Kingdom, and consist of a relatively equal sized mix of government and commercial 
clients.  Our  U.S.  commercial  clients  include  companies  in  the  chemical,  energy,  pharmaceutical,  retail,  aerospace  and 
automotive  industries.  No  single  client,  except  for  the  U.S.  federal  government  clients,  accounted  for  more  than  10% of  our 
revenue in fiscal 2023.

7 

Contracts  

Our  services  are  performed  under  three principal  types  of contracts  with  our  clients:  fixed-price,  time-and-materials 

and cost-plus. The following table presents the percentage of our revenue by contract type: 

Contract Type

Fixed-price
Time-and-materials
Cost-plus

2023

36.3%
48.0
15.7
100.0%

Fiscal Year
2022

37.6%
46.7
15.7
100.0%

2021

37.1%
46.4
16.5
100.0%

Under  a  fixed-price  contract,  clients  agree  to  pay  a  specified  price  for  our  performance  of  the  entire  contract  or  a 
specified  portion of  the  contract.  Some  fixed-price  contracts  can  include  date-certain  and/or  performance  obligations.  Fixed-
price contracts carry certain inherent risks, including risks of losses from underestimating costs, delays in project completion, 
problems with new technologies, price increases for materials and economic and other changes that may occur over the contract 
period. Consequently, the profitability of fixed-price contracts may vary substantially. Under time-and-materials contracts, we 
are  paid  for  labor  at  negotiated  hourly  billing rates  and  paid  for other  expenses.  Profitability  on  these  contracts  is  driven  by 
billable  headcount  and  cost  control.  Many  of  our  time-and-materials  contracts  are  subject  to  maximum  contract  values  and, 
accordingly, revenue related to these contracts is recognized as if these contracts were fixed-price contracts. Under our cost-plus 
contracts, some of which are subject to a contract ceiling amount, we are reimbursed for allowable costs and fees, which may 
be fixed or performance-based. If our costs exceed the contract ceiling or are not allowable, we may not be able to obtain full 
reimbursement. Further, the amount of the fee received for a cost-plus award fee contract partially depends upon the client's 
discretionary periodic assessment of our performance on that contract. 

Some  contracts  with  the  U.S.  federal  government  are  subject  to  annual  funding  approval.  U.S.  federal  government 
agencies may impose spending restrictions that limit the continued funding of our existing contracts and may limit our ability to 
obtain additional contracts. These limitations, if significant, could have a material adverse effect on us. All contracts with the 
U.S. federal government may be terminated by the government at any time, with or without cause. 

U.S.  federal  government  agencies  have  formal  policies  against  continuing  or  awarding  contracts  that  would  create 
actual or potential conflicts of interest with other activities of a contractor. These policies may prevent us from bidding for or 
performing government contracts resulting from or related to certain work we have performed. In addition, services performed 
for a commercial or government sector client may create conflicts of interest that preclude or limit our ability to obtain work for 
a private organization. We attempt to identify actual or potential conflicts of interest and to minimize the possibility that such 
conflicts  could  affect our  work  under  current  contracts  or our  ability  to  compete  for  future  contracts. We  have,  on  occasion, 
declined to bid on a project because of an existing or potential conflict of interest. 

Some  of  our  operating  units  have  contracts  with  the  U.S.  federal  government  that  are  subject  to  audit  by  the 
government, primarily the Defense Contract Audit Agency ("DCAA"). The DCAA generally seeks to (i) identify and evaluate 
all  activities  that  contribute  to,  or  have  an  impact  on,  proposed  or  incurred  costs  of  government  contracts;  (ii) evaluate  a 
contractor's  policies,  procedures,  controls  and  performance;  and  (iii) prevent  or  avoid  wasteful,  careless  and  inefficient 
production or service. To accomplish this, the DCAA examines our internal control systems, management policies and financial 
capability;  evaluates  the  accuracy,  reliability  and  reasonableness  of  our  cost  representations  and  records;  and  assesses  our 
compliance  with  Cost  Accounting  Standards  ("CAS")  and  defective-pricing  clauses  found  within  the  Federal  Acquisition 
Regulation ("FAR"). The DCAA also performs an annual review of our overhead rates and assists in the establishment of our 
final rates. This review focuses on the allowability of cost items and the applicability of CAS. The DCAA also audits cost-based 
contracts, including the close-out of those contracts. 

The  DCAA  reviews  all  types  of  U.S.  federal  government  proposals,  including  those  of  award,  administration, 
modification and re-pricing. The DCAA considers our cost accounting system, estimating methods and procedures and specific 
proposal  requirements.  Operational  audits  are  also  performed  by  the  DCAA.  A  review  of  our  operations  at  every  major 
organizational level is conducted during the proposal review period. During the course of its audit, the U.S. federal government 
may  disallow  certain  costs  if  it  determines  that  we  accounted  for  such  costs  in  a  manner  inconsistent  with  CAS.  Under  a 
government contract, only those costs that are reasonable, allocable and allowable are recoverable. A disallowance of costs by 
the U.S. federal government could have a material adverse effect on our financial results. 

In accordance with our corporate policies, we maintain controls to minimize any occurrence of fraud or other unlawful 
activities  that  could  result  in  severe  legal  remedies,  including  the  payment  of  damages  and/or  penalties,  criminal  and  civil 
sanctions  and  debarment.  In  addition,  we  maintain  preventative  audit  programs  and  mitigation  measures  to  ensure  that 
appropriate control systems are in place. 

8 

We provide services under contracts, purchase orders or retainer letters. Our policy requires that all contracts must be 
in  writing.  We  bill  our  clients  in  accordance  with  the  contract  terms  and  periodically  based  on  costs  incurred,  on  either  an 
hourly-fee basis or on a percentage-of-completion basis, as the project progresses. Most of our agreements permit our clients to 
terminate the agreements without cause upon payment of fees and expenses through the date of the termination. Generally, our 
contracts  do  not  require  that  we  provide  performance  bonds.  If  required,  a  performance  bond,  issued  by  a  surety  company, 
guarantees  a  contractor's  performance  under  the  contract.  If  the  contractor  defaults  under  the  contract,  the  surety  will,  at  its 
discretion, complete the job or pay the client the amount of the bond. If the contractor does not have a performance bond and 
defaults in  the performance of a contract, the  contractor is responsible for all damages resulting from the breach of  contract. 
These damages include the cost of completion, together with possible consequential damages such as lost profits. 

Growth Strategy  

Our  management  team  establishes  Tetra  Tech's  overall  business  strategy.  Our  strategic  plan  defines  and  guides  our 
investment  in  marketing  and  business  development  to  leverage  our  differentiators  and  target  priority  programs  and  growth 
markets. We maintain centralized business development resources to develop our corporate branding and marketing materials, 
support  proposal  preparation  and  planning,  conduct  market  research  and  manage  promotional  and  professional  activities, 
including appearances at trade shows, advertising and public relations. 

We  have  established  company-wide  growth  initiatives  that  reinforce  internal  coordination,  track  the  development  of 
new programs, identify and coordinate collective resources for major bids and help us build interdisciplinary teams and provide 
innovative  solutions  for  major  pursuits.  Our  growth  initiatives  provide  a  forum  for  cross-sector  collaboration,  access  to 
technical solutions and the development of interdisciplinary solutions. We continuously identify new markets that are consistent 
with our strategic plan and service offerings, and we leverage our full-service capabilities and internal coordination structure to 
develop and implement strategies to research, anticipate and position us for future procurements and emerging programs. Our 
Tetra  Tech  Delta  program  facilitates  access  and  exchange  of  technology  solutions  across  our  company,  through  the  use  of 
internal training, inventories and facilitated virtual networking events. 

Business development activities are implemented by our technical and professional management staff throughout Tetra 
Tech  with  the  support  of  company-wide  resources  and  expertise.  Our  project  managers  and  technical  staff  have  the  best 
understanding  of  our  clients'  needs  and  the  effect  of  client-specific  issues,  local  laws  and  regulations  and  procurement 
procedures.  Our  professional  staff  members  hold  frequent  meetings  with  existing  and  potential  clients;  give  presentations  to 
civic  and  professional  organizations  and  present  seminars  on  research  and  technical  applications.  Effective  development  of 
business is facilitated by each staff member's access to all of our service offerings including our Tetra Tech Delta technology 
resources. Our strong internal networking programs help our professional staff members to pursue new opportunities and build 
multi-disciplinary  teams  for  both  existing  and  new  clients.  These  networks  also  facilitate  our  ability  to  provide  services 
throughout the project life cycle from the early studies to operations and maintenance. Networking is further supported by our 
enterprise-wide  knowledge  management  systems  which  include  skills  search  tools,  business  development  tracking  and 
collaboration tools. 

To  support  our  growth  plans,  we  actively  attract,  recruit,  engage  and  retain  key  hires.  Our  combination  of  high-end 
science,  technology  resources  and  consulting  culture  coupled  with  practical  applications  provides  challenging  and  rewarding 
opportunities for our workforce, thereby enhancing our ability to recruit and retain top quality talent. Our internal networking 
programs, leadership training, entrepreneurial environment, focus on Leading with Science® and global project portfolio help 
to attract and retain highly qualified individuals.

Our  strategic  growth  plans  are  augmented  by  our  selective  investment  in  acquisitions  aligned  with  our  business. 
Acquisitions advance our strategy by adding new technologies, broadening our service offerings, adding contract capacity and 
expanding our geographic presence. Our long-established experience in identifying and integrating acquisitions strengthens our 
ability to integrate and rapidly leverage the resources of the acquired companies post-acquisition. 

Sustainability Program  

Sustainability  is  an  integral  part  of  our global business,  rooted  in our  internal  culture  and  extending  throughout  our 
projects  around  the  world.  For  more  than  50  years,  we  have  leveraged  cutting-edge  expertise  and  the  latest  technology  to 
deliver more sustainable solutions to clients and continually improve the way we do business.

Through  our  Sustainability  Program,  we  monitor  environmental,  social  and  governance  ("ESG")  metrics,  including 
human  capital  elements.  We  continue  to  enhance  the  sustainability  of  our  daily  practices,  reduce  our  GHG  emissions,  and 
provide  an  exceptional  working  environment  for  our  employees  across  our  global  operations.  As  a  signatory  of  the  United 
Nations  ("UN")  Global  Compact  on  human  rights,  labor,  environment  and  anti-corruption,  we  embrace  the  UN  Global 
Compact's Ten Principles as part of the strategy, culture and daily operations of our company. 

We actively engage with our stakeholders, internally and externally, to encourage input on the materiality of various 
ESG  issues  to  Tetra  Tech  and  incorporate  input  into  our  strategic  planning  and  sustainability  reporting.  Our  annual 

9 

sustainability reporting and key metrics are aligned with the priorities we have set on human capital, professional development, 
health  &  safety,  and  ethics. We  report on human  capital metrics,  including gender  balance,  racial  and  ethnic  diversity  in our 
workforce,  employee  engagement  and  professional  development.  We  have  supplier  programs  that  integrate  and  emphasize 
sustainability in the procurement of goods and services and subcontracting for our projects. We have reported annually on GHG 
emissions  for  more  than  a  decade,  significantly  reducing  our  emissions  from  program  inception.  In  2021,  we  expanded  our 
reporting  and  set  new  goals  for  scope  1,  2,  and  3  emissions.  Based  on  input  from  stakeholders  and  in  recognition  of  the 
importance  of  the  project  work  we  perform  each  year,  in  2021  we  also  initiated  our  Billion  People  Challenge,  with  the 
overarching goal to improve the lives of one billion people by 2030. The Billion People Challenge progress is calculated each 
year based on our annual project impact analysis in five categories that are closely aligned with the Global Reporting Initiative 
standards and the UN Sustainable Development Goals. 

Our  Sustainability  Program  is  led  by  our  Chief  Sustainability  Officer,  who  has  been  appointed  by  our  Board  of 
Directors  and  is  supported  by  corporate  and  operations  representatives  through  our  Sustainability  Council.  We  continuously 
review  sustainability-related  policies  and  practices,  integrate  input  from  stakeholders,  and  assess  the  results  of  our  efforts  in 
order to make future improvements. Tetra Tech's Board of Directors Strategic Planning and Enterprise Risk Committee reviews 
and approves the Sustainability Program and evaluates our progress in achieving the goals and objectives outlined in our plan. 
As  part  of  our  membership  in  the  UN  Global  Compact,  we  annually  report  on  the  Communication  on  Progress  using  Tetra 
Tech's Sustainability Report. 

Acquisitions and Divestitures  

Acquisitions.    We continuously evaluate the marketplace for acquisition opportunities to further our strategic growth 
plans.  Due  to  our  reputation,  size,  financial  resources,  geographic  presence  and  range  of  services,  we  have  numerous 
opportunities  to  acquire  privately  and  publicly  held  companies  or  selected  portions  of  such  companies.  We  evaluate  an 
acquisition opportunity based on its ability to strengthen our leadership in the markets we serve, the technologies and solutions 
they  provide  and  the  additional  new  geographies  and  clients  they  bring.  Also,  during  our  evaluation,  we  examine  an 
acquisition's  ability  to  drive  organic  growth,  its  accretive  effect  on  long-term  earnings  and  its  ability  to  generate  return  on 
investment.  Generally,  we  proceed  with  an  acquisition  if  we  believe  that  it  will  strategically  expand  our  service  offerings, 
improve our long-term financial performance and increase shareholder returns. 

We view acquisitions as a key component in the execution of our growth strategy, and we intend to use cash, debt or 
equity, as we deem appropriate, to fund acquisitions. We may acquire other businesses that we believe are synergistic and will 
ultimately increase our revenue and net income, strengthen our ability to achieve our strategic goals, provide critical mass with 
existing  clients  and  further  expand  our  lines  of  service. We  typically  pay  a  purchase  price  that  results  in  the  recognition  of 
goodwill, generally representing the intangible value of a successful business with an assembled workforce specialized in our 
areas of interest. Acquisitions are inherently risky, and no assurance can be given that our previous or future acquisitions will be 
successful  or  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  financial  position,  results  of  operations  or  cash  flows.  All 
acquisitions require the approval of our Board of Directors.  

On  January  23,  2023,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  RPS  Group  plc  ("RPS"),  a  publicly  traded  company  on  the 
London Stock Exchange in an all-cash transaction totaling $784 million. We funded the RPS acquisition with debt, net of $109 
million in proceeds from a foreign exchange forward contract that we entered into at the same time we made the formal offer to 
acquire RPS on September 23, 2022. 

RPS  employs  approximately  5,000  associates  in  the  United  Kingdom,  Europe,  Asia  Pacific  and  North  America, 
delivering  high-end  solutions,  especially  in  energy  transformation,  water  and  program  management  for  government  and 
commercial  clients.  In  fiscal 2023,  RPS  contributed  revenue  of  approximately  $600  million  to our  consolidated  results.  RPS 
contributed  $5.0  million  to  our  consolidated  operating  income  in  fiscal  2023,  which  includes  $26.8  million  of  intangible 
amortization. Substantially all of RPS is included in our CIG segment. 

In  fiscal  2023,  we  also  acquired  Amyx,  Inc.  (“Amyx”),  an  enterprise  technology  services,  cybersecurity  and 
management consulting firm based in Reston, Virginia. With over 500 employees, Amyx provides application modernization, 
cybersecurity, systems engineering, financial management and program management support on over 30 Federal Government 
programs. Amyx is included in our GSG segment.  

For  detailed  information  regarding  acquisitions,  see  Note 5,  "Acquisitions"  of  the  "Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial 

Statements" included in Item 8. 

Divestitures.        We  regularly  review  and  evaluate  our  existing  operations  to  determine  whether  our  business  model 
should  change  through  the  divestiture  of  certain  businesses. Accordingly,  from  time  to  time,  we  may  divest  or  wind-down 
certain non-core businesses and reallocate our resources to businesses that better align with our long-term strategic direction. 
We did not divest of any businesses in fiscal 2023.

10 

Competition 

The  market  for  our  services  is  generally  competitive. We  often  compete  with  many  other  firms  ranging  from  small 

regional firms to large international firms. 

We  perform  a  broad  spectrum  of  consulting,  engineering  and  technical  services  across  the  water,  environment, 
sustainable infrastructure, renewable energy and international development markets. Our competition varies and is a function of 
the  business  areas  in  which,  and  the  client  sectors  for  which,  we  perform  our  services.  The  number  of  competitors  for  any 
procurement can vary widely, depending upon technical qualifications, the relative value of the project, geographic location, the 
financial  terms  and  risks  associated  with  the  work  and  any  restrictions  placed  upon  competition  by  the  client.  Historically, 
clients have chosen among competing firms by weighing the quality, innovation and timeliness of the firm's service versus its 
cost to determine which firm offers the best value.  

Our competitors vary depending on end markets and clients, and often we may only compete with a portion of a firm. 
We  believe  that  our  principal  competitors  include  the  following  firms,  in  alphabetical  order:  AECOM;  Arcadis NV; 
AtkinsRéalis;  Black &  Veatch  Corporation;  Booz  Allen  Hamilton;  Brown &  Caldwell;  CDM  Smith Inc.;  Chemonics 
International, Inc.; Exponent, Inc.; GHD; ICF International, Inc.; Jacobs Solutions, Inc.; Leidos, Inc.; SAIC; Stantec Inc.; TRC 
Companies, Inc.; Weston Solutions, Inc.; and WSP Global Inc. 

Backlog 

We include in our backlog only those contracts for which funding has been provided and work authorization has been 
received. We estimate that approximately two-thirds of our backlog at the end of fiscal 2023 will be recognized as revenue in 
fiscal  2024,  as  work  is  being  performed.  However,  we  cannot  guarantee  that  the  revenue  projected  in  our  backlog  will  be 
realized or, if realized, will result in profits. In addition, project cancellations or scope adjustments may occur with respect to 
contracts reflected in our backlog. For example, certain of our contracts with the U.S. federal government and other clients are 
terminable at the discretion of the client, with or without cause. These types of backlog reductions could adversely affect our 
revenue and margins. Accordingly, our backlog as of any particular date is an uncertain indicator of our future earnings. 

Our  backlog  at  fiscal  2023  year-end  was  $4.8  billion,  an  increase  of  $1.0  billion,  or  27.9%,  compared  to  fiscal 
2022 year-end.  Of  this  amount,  GSG  and  CIG  reported  $2.7  billion  and  $2.1  billion  of  backlog,  respectively,  at  fiscal  2023 
year-end.  

Regulations  

We  engage  in  various  service  activities  that  are  subject  to  government  oversight,  including  environmental  laws  and 
regulations,  general  government  procurement  laws  and  regulations  and  other  regulations  and  requirements  imposed  by  the 
specific government agencies with which we conduct business. 

Environmental.        A  significant  portion  of  our  business  involves  the  planning,  design  and  program  management  of 
pollution control facilities, as well as the assessment and management of remediation activities at hazardous waste sites, U.S. 
Superfund  sites  and  military  bases.  In  addition,  we  contract  with  U.S.  federal  government  entities  to  destroy  hazardous 
materials. These activities require us to manage, handle, remove, treat, transport and dispose of toxic or hazardous substances.

Some environmental laws, such as the U.S. Superfund law and similar state, provincial and local statutes, can impose 
liability for the entire cost of clean-up for contaminated facilities or sites upon present and former owners and operators, as well 
as generators, transporters and persons arranging for the treatment or disposal of such substances. In addition, while we strive to 
handle hazardous and toxic substances with care and in accordance with safe methods, the possibility of accidents, leaks, spills 
and events of force majeure always exist. Humans exposed to these materials, including workers or subcontractors engaged in 
the transportation and disposal of hazardous materials and persons in affected areas, may be injured or become ill. This could 
result in lawsuits that expose us to liability and substantial damage awards. Liabilities for contamination or human exposure to 
hazardous  or  toxic  materials,  or  a  failure  to  comply  with  applicable  regulations,  could  result  in  substantial  costs,  including 
clean-up costs, fines, civil or criminal sanctions, third party claims for property damage or personal injury or the cessation of 
remediation activities. 

Certain  of  our  business  operations  are  covered  by  U.S.  Public  Law  85-804,  which  provides  for  government 
indemnification  against  claims  and  damages  arising  out  of  unusually  hazardous  activities  performed  at  the  request  of  the 
government. Due to changes in public policies and law, however, government indemnification may not be available in the case 
of any future claims or liabilities relating to other hazardous activities that we perform. 

Government Procurement.    The services we provide to the U.S. federal government are subject to the FAR and other 

rules and regulations applicable to government contracts. These rules and regulations:

•

require certification and disclosure of all cost and pricing data in connection with the contract negotiations under 
certain contract types; 

11 

•

•

impose  accounting  rules  that  define  allowable  and  unallowable  costs  and  otherwise  govern  our  right  to 
reimbursement under certain cost-based government contracts; and 

restrict the use and dissemination of information classified for national security purposes and the exportation of 
certain products and technical data. 

In  addition,  services  provided  to  the  DoD  and  U.S.  federal  civil  agencies  are  monitored  by  the  Defense  Contract 
Management Agency and audited by the DCAA. Our government clients can also terminate any of their contracts, and many of 
our  government  contracts  are  subject  to  renewal  or  extension  annually.  Further,  the  services  we  provide  to  state  and  local 
government clients are subject to various government rules and regulations. 

Seasonality  

We experience seasonal trends in our business. Our revenue and operating income are typically lower in the first half 
of our fiscal year, primarily due to the Thanksgiving (in the U.S. and Canada), Christmas and New Year's holidays. Many of our 
clients'  employees,  as  well  as  our  own  employees,  take  vacations  during  these  holiday  periods.  Further,  seasonal  inclement 
weather  conditions  occasionally  cause  some  of  our offices  to  close  temporarily  or  may hamper  our  project  field  work  in  the 
northern hemisphere's temperate and arctic regions. These occurrences result in fewer billable hours worked on projects and, 
correspondingly, less revenue recognized. 

Climate Risk Assessment

We  assess  the  impact  of  climate  on  our  operations  and  business  periodically,  as  part  of  our  Board  of  Directors' 
Strategic Planning and Enterprise Risk Committee meetings. Climate risk is a consideration in business continuity planning and 
operational  security  in regions  that  may  experience  climate-related  disruptions  due  to  extreme  weather,  fires,  or  flooding.  In 
some  cases,  we  may  be  working  in  regions  that  also  experience  socio-political  impacts  and  security  disruptions  due  to  the 
impacts  of  extreme  weather  or  prolonged  drought  conditions. As  a  professional  services  company,  our  workforce  is  highly 
mobile, able to work remotely, and can in most cases quickly adapt to changes in local conditions. We have business continuity 
planning and processes in place to address any acute impact to locally affected operations and have the ability to rapidly move 
to  remote  and  flexible  working  arrangements  while  restoring  or  relocating  affected  operations.  We  maintain  a  strong 
information  technology  infrastructure  to  facilitate  remote  working  and  provide  virtual  access  to  systems.  Our  enterprise  and 
project data is accessible through cloud-based systems, reducing the risk of localized disruptions of data access and computer 
systems.  Our  offices  are  typically  leased,  so  we  are  not  at  significant  risk of  physical  building  assets  being  impacted.  Select 
project  activities  can  be  impacted  by climate  related  events;  however,  these  are  addressed  through  our  extensive  project  risk 
management process. Climate-related disruptions do, in many cases, result in increased opportunity for project work for Tetra 
Tech. We provide post-disaster response services and may have additional demand for our expertise if there is an increase in the 
frequency  in  climate  related  events.  Furthermore,  our  business  includes  providing  a  wide  range  of  water,  environment  and 
sustainable  infrastructure  services,  many  of  which  are  increased  by  the  longer-term  impacts  associated  with  drought,  water 
scarcity, heat, flooding and fire risk.

Risk Management and Insurance  

Our business activities could expose us to potential risk and liability under various laws and under workplace health 
and safety regulations. In addition, we occasionally assume liability by contract under indemnification agreements. We cannot 
predict the magnitude of such potential liabilities. Our Office of Risk Management reviews and oversees the risk profile of our 
operations, and reports to our Board of Directors. 

We maintain a comprehensive general liability insurance policy with an umbrella policy that covers losses beyond the 
general liability limits. We also maintain professional errors and omissions liability and contractor's pollution liability insurance 
policies.  We  believe  that  both  policies  provide  adequate  coverage  for  our  business.  When  we  perform  higher-risk  work,  we 
obtain, if available, the necessary types of insurance coverage for such activities, as is typically required by our clients. 

We obtain insurance coverage through a broker that is experienced in our industry. The broker and our risk manager 
regularly  review  the  adequacy  of  our  insurance  coverage.  Because  there  are  various  exclusions  and  retentions  under  our 
policies, or an insurance carrier may become insolvent, there can be no assurance that all potential liabilities will be covered by 
our insurance policies or paid by our carrier. 

We  evaluate  the  risk  associated  with  insurance  claims.  If  we  determine  that  a  loss  is  probable  and  reasonably 
estimable, we establish an appropriate reserve. A reserve is not established if we determine that a claim has no merit or is not 
probable  or  reasonably  estimable.  Our  historic  levels  of  insurance  coverage  and  reserves  have  been  adequate.  However, 
partially or completely uninsured claims, if successful and of significant magnitude, could have a material adverse effect on our 
business. 

12 

Human Capital Management  

Employees.    At  fiscal  2023 year-end,  we  had  approximately  27,000  staff  worldwide.  A  large  percentage  of  our 
employees have technical and professional backgrounds and undergraduate and/or advanced degrees, including the employees 
of  recently  acquired  companies.  Our  professional  staff  includes  archaeologists,  architects,  biologists,  chemical  engineers, 
chemists,  civil  engineers,  data  scientists,  computer  scientists,  economists,  electrical  engineers,  environmental  engineers, 
environmental  scientists,  geologists,  hydrogeologists,  mechanical  engineers,  software  engineers,  oceanographers,  project 
managers and toxicologists. We consider the current relationships with our employees to be favorable. We are not aware of any 
employment  circumstances  that  are  likely  to  disrupt  work  at  any  of  our  facilities.  See  Part I,  Item 1A,  "Risk  Factors"  for  a 
discussion of the risks related to the loss of key personnel or our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel.

Health and Safety.  Tetra Tech is committed to providing and maintaining a healthy and safe work environment for our 
associates.  We  provide  training  to  all  associates  to  improve  their  understanding  of  behaviors  that  can  be  perceived  as 
discriminatory, exclusionary and/or harassing, and provide safe avenues for associates to report such behaviors.

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion.  Tetra Tech brings together engineers and technical specialists from all backgrounds to 
solve our clients' most challenging problems. Our Diversity, Equity and Inclusion ("DEI") Policy guides the Board of Directors, 
management,  associates,  subcontractors  and  partners  in  developing  an  inclusive  culture.  Our  Diversity,  Equity  and  Inclusion 
Council monitors Tetra Tech's diversity, equity and inclusion practices and makes recommendations to the Board of Directors 
and Chief Executive Officer for any changes or improvements to our program. 

Tetra Tech values diversity, equity and inclusion and undertakes various efforts throughout its operations to promote 

these initiatives. Our current efforts are focused on these primary areas: 

•

•

Equal  employment  opportunity.  Tetra  Tech  ensures  that  our  practices  and  processes  attract  a  diverse  range  of 
candidates, and those candidates are recruited, hired, assigned, developed and promoted based on merit and their 
alignment to our values. 

Enhancing  learning  and  development  opportunities.  Our  Employee  Resource  Groups  ("ERGs")  co-sponsor 
training,  mentorship  and  life  skills  development  opportunities  for  the  entire  Tetra  Tech  community.  The  DEI 
program  leverages  and  further  extends  the  impact  of  our  professional  development  and  Tetra  Tech  Academy 
Learning and Development resources. Education assistance is offered to financially support associates who seek to 
expand their knowledge and skill base. 

As part of Tetra Tech's commitment to a culture of inclusion, our ERG Program broadens and enhances company-wide 
interaction  opportunities  for  our  employees.  Tetra  Tech's  ERGs  are  open  to  all  associates  and  involve  activities  for  both 
employees whose background is the focus of the ERG and those who are supportive of the group (also known as allies). These 
global  networks build on and coordinate with the many local networks that are already active throughout our  operations  and 
include  groups  focused  on  the  experiences  of  Black,  Latino,  Pan-Asian,  Women,  Veterans,  Disabled  and  LGBTQIA+ 
employees and emerging professionals. 

Professional Development.  Tetra Tech invests in the professional development of our employees. All employees can 
access  training  and  technical  exchange,  and  skill  development  through  our  Tetra  Tech Academy  Learning  and  Development 
Program  and  customized  Learning  Management  System,  providing  professional  development  opportunities  throughout  our 
employees' careers. Technology skills development includes access to a series of live webcasts and recorded technology transfer 
sessions.  Company-wide  networking  events  provide  interactive  skills  development  activities.  We  also  offer  professional 
development  programs  through  our  Leadership  Academy  for  Emerging  Professionals,  Project  Management  training,  and 
Fearless Entrepreneur program. Tetra Tech's Project Management Training Program is available to all employees and is focused 
on  professional  development,  techniques  for  managing  high-end  projects  and  how  to  employ  enterprise  systems,  dashboards 
and proprietary technology tools. The Project Management training provides employees with access to a full curriculum, where 
attendees  progress  through  three  development  tiers.  Tetra  Tech's  Project  Excellence  Steering  Committee  sponsors  the 
development  and  implementation  of  our  comprehensive  Project  Management  Training  Program.  In  addition,  we  provide 
comprehensive  Health  &  Safety  training,  specialized  environmental  compliance  and  safety  training,  and  support  employees 
with required external  certifications and training. Tetra Tech also provides employees  with financial support in the pursuit  of 
academic degrees and continuous learning.  

13 

Executive Officers of the Registrant 

The following table shows the name, age and position of each of our executive officers as of November 22, 2023: 

Name
Dan L. Batrack

Age
  65  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Position

Mr. Batrack joined our predecessor in 1980 and was named Chairman in January 2008. 
He has served as our Chief Executive Officer and a director since November 2005, and 
as  our  President  from  October  2008  to  September  2019.  Mr.  Batrack  has  served  in 
numerous  capacities  over  the  last  40  years,  including  arctic  research  scientist,  deep 
water oceanographic hydrographer, coastal hydrodynamic modeler, environmental data 
analyst,  project  and  program  manager,  President  of  the  Engineering  Division,  and  in 
2004 he  was  appointed  Chief  Operating  Officer.  He  has  managed  complex  programs 
for many small and Fortune 500 clients, both in the United States and internationally. 
Mr.  Batrack  holds  a  B.A.  degree  in  Business Administration  from  the  University  of 
Washington. 

Jill Hudkins

  52  President 

Ms. Hudkins was appointed President in October 2022. Ms. Hudkins has been with us 
for over 25 years in increasingly responsible positions. She served as President of the 
Resilient  &  Sustainable  Infrastructure  Division  from  October  2021  to  October  2022, 
President  of  the  IEW  Operating  Unit  from  April  2021  to  October  2022  and  Vice 
President and Growth Initiatives Program Leader from October 2019 to October 2022. 
Prior to this, Ms. Hudkins served as Vice President and One Water Leader from May 
2015  to  October  2019.  She  is  a  registered  Professional  Engineer  and  is  a  nationally 
recognized expert in high-end innovative water treatment solutions. Ms. Hudkins holds 
a  master's  degree  in  Civil  and  Environmental  Engineering  from  the  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology,  and  a  bachelor's  degree  in  Civil  and  Environmental 
Engineering from Duke University.

Steven M. Burdick 

  59  Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 

Mr. Burdick has served as our Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer since 
April  2011.  He  served  as  our  Senior  Vice  President,  Corporate  Controller  and  Chief 
Accounting Officer from January 2004 to March 2011. Mr. Burdick joined us in April 
2003  as Vice  President,  Management Audit.  Previously,  Mr. Burdick  served  in  senior 
financial and executive positions with Aura Systems, Inc., TRW Ventures, and Ernst & 
Young  LLP.  Mr. Burdick  holds  a  B.S.  degree  in  Business Administration  from  Santa 
Clara University and is a Certified Public Accountant.

14 

Name

Age

Position

Leslie Shoemaker

  66  Executive Vice President, Chief Sustainability and Leadership Development Officer 

Dr. Shoemaker  was  appointed  Executive  Vice  President,  Chief  Sustainability  and 
Leadership  Development  Officer  in  October  2022  after  serving  as  Tetra  Tech's 
President since September 2019. Dr. Shoemaker joined us in 1991, and has served in 
various  management  capacities,  including  project  and  program  manager,  water 
resources  manager  and  business  group  president.  From  2005  to  2015,  she  led  our 
strategic  planning,  business  development  and  company-wide  collaboration  programs. 
Her  technical  expertise  is  in  the  management  of  large-scale  watershed  and  master 
planning studies, development of modeling tools and application of optimization tools 
for decision making. Since the inception of our sustainability program in 2010, she has 
served  as  Chief  Sustainability  Officer  leading  the  formation  and  evolution  of  the 
program.  Dr. Shoemaker  has  facilitated  leadership  development  for  Tetra  Tech's 
Leadership  Academy  program.  Dr.  Shoemaker  holds  a  B.A.  in  Mathematics  from 
Hamilton  College,  a  Master  of  Engineering  from  Cornell  University  and  a  Ph.D.  in 
Agricultural Engineering from the University of Maryland. She was inducted into the 
United States' National Academy of Engineers in 2022.

Roger R. Argus

  62  Senior Vice President, President of GSG and CIG

Mr. Argus is a chemical engineer with 38 years of experience, including 30 years with 
us  in  operational  leadership,  program  and  project  management  and  quality  assurance 
for  projects  encompassing  a  broad  spectrum  of  environmental,  engineering, 
information  technology  and  disaster  management  services.  Mr.  Argus  has  also  been 
responsible  for  managing  multidisciplinary  contracts  and  projects  in  support  of  the 
U.S.  federal  government  (i.e.,  U.S.  Navy,  the  U.S. Army  Corps  of  Engineers  and  the 
Environmental  Protection  Agency),  state  and  municipal  agencies  and  private  clients 
nationwide.  The  scope  of  his  technical  experience  includes  planning  and  directing 
environmental  programs,  developing  data  acquisition,  management  and  analytics 
solutions,  fund  research  and  development  support  for  innovative  environmental 
technologies  and  waste  treatment  systems,  municipal  resiliency  and  sustainability 
programs.  Mr.  Argus  holds  a  B.S.  in  Chemical  Engineering  from  California  State 
University, Long Beach.

Brian N. Carter

  56  Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer

Mr. Carter  joined  us  as  Vice  President,  Corporate  Controller  and  Chief  Accounting 
Officer  in  June  2011  and  was  appointed  Senior  Vice  President  in  October  2012. 
Previously, Mr. Carter served in finance and auditing positions in private industry and 
with  Ernst &  Young LLP.  Mr. Carter  holds  a  B.S.  in  Business  Administration  from 
Miami University and is a Certified Public Accountant.

Preston Hopson

  47  Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Mr.  Hopson  was  appointed  Senior  Vice  President,  General  Counsel  and  Secretary  to 
the  Board of Directors in January 2018. He  also is responsible for the global Human 
Resources function and serves as the Chief Ethics and Compliance Officer. Previously, 
Mr.  Hopson  served  as  Vice  President,  Assistant  General  Counsel  and  Assistant 
Corporate Secretary at AECOM. Prior to this, he was a corporate and securities lawyer 
at  O’Melveny  &  Myers  LLP  and  also  worked  at  the  U.S.  Court  of  Appeals.  Mr. 
Hopson holds B.A. and J.D. degrees from Yale University.

15 

Available Information  

Our internet website address is www.tetratech.com. We made available, free electronic copies of our annual reports on 
Form  10-K,  quarterly  reports  on  Form  10-Q,  current  reports  on  Form  8-K,  and  all  amendments  to  those  reports  through  the 
“Investor  Relations”  portion  of  our  website,  under  the  heading  “SEC  Filings”  filed  under  “Financial  Information.”  These 
reports are available on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file them with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission ("SEC"). These reports, and any amendments to them, are also available at the Internet website of the 
SEC, https://www.sec.gov. Also available on our website are our Corporate Governance Policies, Board Committees, Corporate 
Code of Conduct and Finance Code of Professional Conduct. 

Item 1A.    Risk Factors  

We operate in a changing environment that involves numerous known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could 
materially adversely affect our operations. Set forth below and elsewhere in this report and in other documents we file with the 
SEC  are  descriptions  of  the  risks  and  uncertainties  that  could  cause  our  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  the  results 
contemplated  by  the  forward-looking  statements  contained  in  this  report.  Additional  risks  we  do  not  yet  know  of  or  that  we 
currently think are immaterial may also affect our business operations. If any of the events or circumstances described in the 
following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Risks Related to Our Business and Operations

If we fail to complete a project in a timely manner, miss a required performance standard or otherwise fail to adequately 
perform on a project, then we may incur a loss on that project, which may reduce or eliminate our overall profitability.

Our  engagements  often  involve  large-scale,  complex  projects.  The  quality  of  our  performance  on  such  projects 
depends  in  large  part  upon  our  ability  to  manage  the  relationship  with  our  clients  and  our  ability  to  effectively  manage  the 
project and deploy appropriate resources, including third-party contractors and our own personnel, in a timely manner. We may 
commit to a client that we will complete a project by a scheduled date. We may also commit that a project, when completed, 
will  achieve  specified performance  standards.  If  the project  is  not  completed by  the  scheduled  date  or fails  to  meet  required 
performance  standards,  we  may  either  incur  significant  additional  costs  or  be  held  responsible  for  the  costs  incurred  by  the 
client to rectify damages due to late completion or failure to achieve the required performance standards. The uncertainty of the 
timing of a project can present difficulties in planning the amount of personnel needed for the project. If the project is delayed 
or  canceled,  we  may  bear  the  cost  of  an  underutilized  workforce  that  was  dedicated  to  fulfilling  the  project.  In  addition, 
performance  of  projects  can  be  affected  by  a  number  of  factors  beyond  our  control,  including  unavoidable  delays  from 
government inaction, public opposition, inability to obtain financing, weather conditions, unavailability of materials, changes in 
the project scope of services requested by our clients, industrial accidents, environmental hazards and labor disruptions. To the 
extent these events occur, the total costs of the project could exceed our estimates, and we could experience reduced profits or, 
in some cases, incur a loss on a project, which may reduce or eliminate our overall profitability. Further, any defects or errors, 
or  failures  to  meet  our  clients’  expectations,  could  result  in  claims  for  damages  against  us.  Failure  to  meet  performance 
standards or complete performance on a timely basis could also adversely affect our reputation and client base. 

Demand for our services is cyclical and vulnerable to economic downturns. If economic growth slows, government fiscal 
conditions worsen or client spending declines, then our revenue, profits and financial condition may deteriorate.

Demand for our services is cyclical, and vulnerable to economic downturns and reductions in government and private 
industry spending. Such downturns or reductions may result in clients delaying, curtailing or canceling proposed and existing 
projects.  Our  business  traditionally  lags  the  overall  recovery  in  the  economy;  therefore,  our  business  may  not  recover 
immediately when the economy improves. If economic growth slows, government fiscal conditions worsen or client spending 
declines,  then  our  revenue,  profits  and  overall  financial  condition  may  deteriorate.  Our  government  clients  may  face  budget 
deficits  that  prohibit  them  from  funding  new  or  existing  projects.  In  addition,  our  existing  and  potential  clients  may  either 
postpone entering into new contracts or request price concessions. Difficult financing and economic conditions may cause some 
of our clients to demand better pricing terms or delay payments for services we perform, thereby increasing the average number 
of  days  our  receivables  are  outstanding  and  the  potential  of  increased  credit  losses  of  uncollectible  invoices.  Further,  these 
conditions may result in the inability of some of our clients to pay us for services that we have already performed. If we are not 
able  to  reduce  our  costs  quickly  enough  to  respond  to  the  revenue  decline  from  these  clients,  our  operating  results  may  be 
adversely affected. Accordingly, these factors affect our ability to forecast our future revenue and earnings from business areas 
that may be adversely impacted by market conditions. Any of these factors could adversely affect the demand for our services, 
which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

Our industry is highly competitive, and we may be unable to compete effectively, which could result in reduced revenue, 
profitability and market share.

We are engaged in a highly competitive business. The markets that we serve are highly fragmented and we compete 
with  many  regional,  national  and  international  companies.  Certain  of  these  competitors  have  greater  financial  and  other 

16 

resources than we do. Others are smaller and more specialized and concentrate their resources in particular areas of expertise. 
The  extent  of  our  competition  varies  according  to  certain  markets  and  geographic  area.  In  addition,  the  technical  and 
professional  aspects  of  some  of  our  services  generally  do  not  require  large  upfront  capital  expenditures  and  provide  limited 
barriers against new competitors.  

The degree and type of competition that we face is also influenced by the type and scope of a particular project. Our 
clients make competitive determinations based upon qualifications, experience, performance, reputation, technology, customer 
relationships  and  ability  to  provide  the  relevant  services  in  a  timely,  safe  and  cost-efficient  manner.  This  competitive 
environment could force us to make price concessions or otherwise reduce prices for our services. If we are unable to maintain 
our competitiveness and win bids for future projects, our market share, revenue and profits will decline. 

Our international operations expose us to legal, political and economic risks in different countries as well as currency 
exchange rate fluctuations that could harm our business and financial results.

In fiscal 2023, we generated 36.7% of our revenue from our international operations, primarily in Canada, Australia, 
Europe, the United Kingdom and from international clients for work that is performed by our domestic operations. International 
business  is  subject  to  a  variety  of  risks,  including:  imposition  of  governmental  controls  and  changes  in  laws,  regulations  or 
policies;  lack  of  developed  legal  systems  to  enforce  contractual  rights;  greater  risk  of  uncollectible  accounts  and  longer 
collection cycles; currency exchange rate fluctuations, devaluations and other conversion restrictions; uncertain and changing 
tax rules, regulations and rates; the potential for civil unrest, acts of terrorism, force majeure, war or other armed conflict and 
greater  physical  security  risks,  which  may  cause  us  to  have  to  leave  a  country  quickly;  logistical  and  communication 
challenges;  changes  in  regulatory  practices,  including  trade  policies,  tariffs  and  taxes;  changes  in  labor  conditions;  general 
economic,  political  and  financial  conditions  in  foreign  markets;  and  exposure  to  civil  or  criminal  liability  under  the  U.S. 
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act  (“FCPA”), the U.K. Bribery Act, the Canadian Corruption of  Foreign Public Officials Act, the 
Brazilian  Clean  Companies  Act,  the  anti-boycott  rules,  trade  and  export  control  regulations  as  well  as  other  international 
regulations. 

International  risks  and  violations  of  international  regulations  may  significantly  reduce  our  revenue  and  profits,  and 
subject  us  to  criminal  or  civil  enforcement  actions,  including  fines,  suspensions  or  disqualification  from  future  U.S.  federal 
procurement  contracting.  Although  we  have  policies  and  procedures  to  monitor  legal  and  regulatory  compliance,  our 
employees,  subcontractors  and  agents  could  take  actions  that  violate  these  requirements.  As  a  result,  our  international  risk 
exposure may be more or less than the percentage of revenue attributed to our international operations. 

Continuing worldwide political, social and economic uncertainties may adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

The last several years have been periodically marked by political, social and economic concerns, including decreased 
consumer  confidence,  the  lingering  effects  of  international  conflicts,  higher  energy  costs  and  inflation,  and  the  global 
coronavirus  disease  2019  ("COVID-19")  pandemic.  Ongoing  instability  and  current  conflicts  in  global  markets,  including 
Eastern Europe, the  Middle East and Asia,  and the potential for  other  conflicts and future terrorist activities and other  recent 
geopolitical events throughout the world, including the recent state of war between Israel and Hamas and the related risk of a 
larger  regional  conflict,  have  created  and  may  continue  to  create  economic  and  political  uncertainties  and  impacts.  This 
instability  can  make  it  extremely  difficult  for  our  clients,  our vendors  and us  to  accurately  forecast  and plan  future  business 
activities, and could cause constrained spending on our services, delays and a lengthening of our business development efforts, 
the demand for more favorable pricing or other terms and/or difficulty in collection of our accounts receivable. Our government 
clients  may  face  budget  deficits  that  prohibit  them  from  funding  proposed  and  existing  projects.  Further,  ongoing  economic 
instability in the global markets could limit our ability to access the capital markets at a time when we would like, or need, to 
raise  capital,  which  could  have  an  impact  on  our  ability  to  react  to  changing  business  conditions  or  new  opportunities.  If 
economic conditions remain uncertain or weaken, or government spending is reduced, our revenue and profitability could be 
adversely affected. 

Our backlog is subject to cancellation, unexpected adjustments and changing economic conditions and is an uncertain 
indicator of future operating results.

Our backlog at fiscal 2023 year-end was $4.8 billion, an increase of $1.0 billion, or 27.9%, compared to fiscal 2022 
year-end. We include in backlog only those contracts for which funding has been provided and work authorizations have been 
received. We cannot guarantee that the revenue projected in our backlog will be realized or, if realized, will result in profits. In 
addition, project delays, suspensions, terminations, cancellations, reductions in scope, or other adjustments do occur from time 
to  time  in  our  industry  due  to  considerations  beyond  our  control  and  may  have  a  material  impact  on  the  value  of  reported 
backlog with a corresponding adverse impact on future revenues and profitability. For example, certain of our contracts with the 
U.S. federal government and other clients are terminable at the discretion of the client, with or without cause. These types of 
backlog reductions could adversely affect our revenue and margins. As a result of these factors, our backlog as of any particular 
date is an uncertain indicator of our future earnings. 

17 

The loss of key personnel or our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel could impair our ability to provide 
services to our clients and otherwise conduct our business effectively.

As primarily a professional and technical services company, we are labor-intensive and, therefore, our ability to attract, 
retain  and  expand  our  senior  management  and  our  professional  and  technical  staff  is  an  important  factor  in  determining  our 
future  success. The market  for qualified scientists and engineers is competitive  and, from time to time, it may be difficult to 
attract and retain qualified individuals with the required expertise within the timeframe demanded by our clients. For example, 
some  of  our  U.S.  government  contracts  may  require us  to employ  only  individuals  who  have  particular  government  security 
clearance  levels.  In  addition,  if  we  are  unable  to  retain  executives  and  other  key  personnel,  the  roles  and  responsibilities  of 
those employees will need to be filled, which may require that we devote time and resources to identify, hire and integrate new 
employees. The loss of the services of any of these key personnel could adversely affect our business. Our failure to attract and 
retain key individuals could impair our ability to provide services to our clients and conduct our business effectively. 

If  our  contractors  and  subcontractors  fail  to  satisfy  their  obligations  to  us  or  other  parties,  or  if  we  are  unable  to 
maintain these relationships, our revenue, profitability and growth prospects could be adversely affected.

We depend on contractors and subcontractors in conducting our business. There is a risk that we may have disputes 
with our subcontractors arising from, among other things, the quality and timeliness of work performed by the subcontractor, 
client  concerns  about  the  subcontractor  or  our  failure  to  extend  existing  task  orders  or  issue  new  task  orders  under  a 
subcontract.  In  addition,  if  a  subcontractor  fails  to  deliver  on  a  timely  basis  the  agreed-upon  supplies,  fails  to  perform  the 
agreed-upon services or goes out of business, then we may be required to purchase the services or supplies from another source 
at a higher price, and our ability to fulfill our obligations as a prime contractor may be jeopardized. This may reduce the profit 
to be realized or result in a loss on a project for which the services or supplies are needed. 

We also rely on relationships with other contractors when we act as their subcontractor or joint venture partner. The 
absence  of  qualified  subcontractors  with  which  we  have  a  satisfactory  relationship  could  adversely  affect  the  quality  of  our 
service  and our  ability to perform  under some of our  contracts.  Our future revenue and growth prospects could be adversely 
affected  if  other  contractors  eliminate  or  reduce  their  subcontracts  or  teaming  arrangement  relationships  with  us,  or  if  a 
government agency terminates or reduces these other contractors’ programs, does not award them new contracts, or refuses to 
pay under a contract. 

Our failure to meet contractual schedule or performance requirements that we have guaranteed could adversely affect 
our operating results.

In  certain  circumstances,  we  can  incur  liquidated  or  other  damages  if  we  do  not  achieve  project  completion  by  a 
scheduled  date.  If  we  or  an  entity  for  which  we  have  provided  a  guarantee  subsequently  fails  to  complete  the  project  as 
scheduled and the matter cannot be satisfactorily resolved with the client, we may be responsible for cost impacts to the client 
resulting from  any delay or the cost  to complete  the project. Our costs  generally increase from  schedule delays and/or could 
exceed our projections and the anticipated revenue for a particular project. In addition, project performance can be affected by a 
number of factors beyond our control, including unavoidable delays from governmental inaction, public opposition, inability to 
obtain financing, weather conditions, unavailability of vendor materials, changes in the project scope of services requested by 
our clients, industrial accidents, environmental hazards, labor disruptions and other factors. As a result, material performance 
problems for existing and future  contracts could  cause  actual results of operations to differ from those anticipated by us and 
could cause us to suffer damage to our reputation within our industry and client base. 

Our failure to implement and comply with our safety program could adversely affect our operating results or financial 
condition. 

Our project sites often put our employees and others in close proximity with mechanized equipment, moving vehicles, 
chemical and manufacturing processes and highly regulated materials. On some project sites, we may be responsible for safety, 
and, accordingly, we have an obligation to implement effective safety procedures. Our safety program is a fundamental element 
of our overall approach to risk management, and the implementation of the safety program is a significant issue in our dealings 
with our clients. We maintain an enterprise-wide group of health and safety professionals to help ensure that the services we 
provide are delivered safely and in accordance with standard work processes. Unsafe job sites and office environments have the 
potential to increase employee turnover, increase the cost of a project to our clients, expose us to types and levels of risk that 
are fundamentally unacceptable and raise our operating costs. The implementation of our safety processes and procedures are 
monitored by various agencies, including the U.S. Mine Safety and Health Administration (“MSHA”), and rating bureaus and 
may be evaluated by certain clients in cases in which safety requirements have been established in our contracts. Our failure to 
meet  these  requirements  or  our  failure  to  properly  implement  and  comply  with  our  safety  program  could  result  in  reduced 
profitability,  the  loss  of  projects  or  clients  or  potential  litigation,  and  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business, 
operating results or financial condition. 

18 

Our business activities may require our employees to travel to and work in countries where there are high security risks, 
which may result in employee death or injury, repatriation costs or other unforeseen costs.

Certain of our contracts require our employees travel to and work in high-risk countries that are undergoing political, 
social and economic upheavals resulting from war, civil unrest, criminal activity, acts of terrorism or public health crises. As a 
result, we risk loss of or injury to our employees and may be subject to costs related to employee death or injury, repatriation or 
other  unforeseen  circumstances.  We  may  choose  or  be  forced  to  leave  a  country  with  little  or  no  warning  due  to  physical 
security risks.  

Unavailability  or  cancellation  of  third-party  insurance  coverage  would  increase  our  overall  risk  exposure  as  well  as 
disrupt the management of our business operations.

Our services involve significant risks of professional and other liabilities, which may substantially exceed the fees that 
we derive from our services. We maintain insurance coverage from third-party insurers as part of our overall risk management 
strategy and because  some of our  contracts require  us to maintain specific insurance  coverage  limits. From time  to time, we 
assume liabilities as a result of indemnification provisions contained in our service contracts. We cannot predict the magnitude 
of these potential liabilities. 

We are liable to pay such liabilities from our assets if and when the aggregate settlement or judgment amount exceeds 
our  insurance  policy  limits.  Further,  our  insurance  may  not  protect  us  against  liability  because  our  policies  typically  have 
various exceptions to the claims covered and also require us to assume some costs of the claim even though a portion of the 
claim  may  be  covered. A  partially  or  completely  uninsured  claim,  if  successful  and  of  significant  magnitude,  could  have  a 
material adverse effect on our liquidity. 

If  any  of  our  third-party  insurers  fail,  suddenly  cancel  our  coverage,  or  otherwise  are  unable  to  provide  us  with 
adequate insurance coverage, then our overall risk exposure and our operational expenses would increase and the management 
of  our  business  operations  would  be  disrupted.  In  addition,  if  we  expand  into  new  markets,  we  may  not  be  able  to  obtain 
insurance  coverage  for  these  new  activities  or,  if  insurance  is  obtained,  the  dollar  amount  of  any  liabilities  incurred  could 
exceed our insurance coverage. There can be no assurance that any of our existing insurance coverage will be renewable upon 
the expiration of the coverage period or that future coverage will be affordable at the required limits. 

Our  inability  to  obtain  adequate  bonding  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  future  revenue  and  business 
prospects.

Certain clients require bid bonds, and performance and payment bonds. These bonds indemnify the client should we 
fail  to  perform  our  obligations  under  a  contract.  If  a  bond  is  required  for  a  certain  project  and  we  are  unable  to  obtain  an 
appropriate bond, we cannot pursue that project. In some instances, we are required to co-venture with a small or disadvantaged 
business to  pursue certain government contracts. In connection  with these ventures, we are  sometimes required to utilize our 
bonding capacity to cover all of the obligations under the contract with the client. We have a bonding facility but, as is typically 
the case, the issuance of bonds under that facility is at the surety’s sole discretion. Moreover, bonding may be more difficult to 
obtain or may only be available at significant additional cost. There can be no assurance that bonds will continue to be available 
to us on reasonable terms. Additionally, even if we continue  to  access bonding  capacity to  sufficiently bond future work, we 
may  be  required  to  post  collateral  to  secure  bonds,  which  would  decrease  the  liquidity  available  for  other  purposes.  Our 
inability  to obtain  adequate  bonding  and,  as  a  result,  to bid  on  new  work  could have  a material  adverse  effect  on  our  future 
revenue and business prospects. 

We may be precluded from providing certain services due to conflict of interest issues.

Many of our clients are concerned about potential or actual conflicts of interest in retaining management consultants. 
Many  commercial  and  government  clients  have  formal  policies  against  continuing  or  awarding  contracts  that  would  create 
actual or potential conflicts of interest with other activities of a contractor. These policies may prevent us from bidding for or 
performing contracts resulting from or relating to certain work we have performed. We have, on occasion, declined to bid on 
projects due to conflict of interest issues. If we fail to address actual or potential conflicts properly, or even if we simply fail to 
recognize  a perceived  conflict, we may be in violation of our existing  contracts, may otherwise incur liability, and may lose 
future business for not preventing the conflict from arising, and our reputation may suffer. 

Our actual business and financial results could differ from the estimates and assumptions that  we use to prepare  our 
consolidated financial statements, which may significantly reduce or eliminate our profits.

To prepare consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. 
("U.S.  GAAP"),  management  is  required  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  as  of  the  date  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements. These  estimates  and  assumptions  affect  the  reported values  of  assets,  liabilities,  revenue  and  expenses  as well  as 
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. For example, we typically recognize revenue over the life of a contract based on 
the  proportion  of  costs  incurred  to  date  compared  to  the  total  costs  estimated  to  be  incurred  for  the  entire  project.  Areas 

19 

requiring  significant  estimates  by  our  management  include:  the  application  of  the  percentage-of-completion  method  of 
accounting  and  revenue  recognition  on  contracts,  change  orders  and  contract  claims,  including  related  unbilled  accounts 
receivable;  unbilled  accounts  receivable,  including  amounts  related  to  requests  for  equitable  adjustment  to  contracts  that 
provide for price redetermination, primarily with the U.S. federal government. These amounts are recorded only when they can 
be reliably estimated and realization is probable; provisions for uncollectible receivables, client claims and recoveries of costs 
from  subcontractors,  vendors  and  others;  provisions  for  income  taxes,  research  and  development  tax  credits,  valuation 
allowances and unrecognized tax benefits; and value of goodwill and recoverability of intangible assets. 

Our  actual  business  and  financial  results  could  differ  from  those  estimates,  which  may  significantly  reduce  or 

eliminate our profits. 

Our profitability could suffer if we are not able to maintain adequate utilization of our workforce.

The cost of providing our services, including the extent to which we utilize our workforce, affects our profitability. The 
rate at which we utilize our workforce is affected by a number of factors, including: our ability to transition employees from 
completed  projects  to  new  assignments  and  to  hire  and  assimilate  new  employees;  our  ability  to  forecast  demand  for  our 
services  and  thereby  maintain  an  appropriate  headcount  in  each  of  our  geographies  and  operating  units;  and  our  ability  to 
manage attrition. 

If we over-utilize our workforce, our employees may become disengaged, which could impact employee attrition. If 

we under-utilize our workforce, our profit margin and profitability could suffer. 

Our  use  of  the  percentage-of-completion  method  of  revenue  recognition  could  result  in  a  reduction  or  reversal  of 
previously recorded revenue and profits.

We account for most of our contracts on the percentage-of-completion method of revenue recognition. Generally, our 
use of this method results in recognition of revenue and profit ratably over the life of the contract, based on the proportion of 
costs incurred to date to total costs expected to be incurred for the entire project. The effects of revisions to estimated revenue 
and costs, including the achievement of award fees and the impact of change orders and claims, are recorded when the amounts 
are  known  and  can  be  reasonably  estimated.  Such  revisions  could  occur  in  any  period  and  their  effects  could  be  material. 
Although we have historically made reasonably reliable estimates of the progress towards completion of long-term contracts, 
the uncertainties inherent in the estimating process make it possible for actual costs to vary materially from estimates, including 
reductions or reversals of previously recorded revenue and profit. 

If we are unable to accurately estimate and control our contract costs, then we may incur losses on our contracts, which 
could decrease our operating margins and reduce our profits. Specifically, our fixed-price contracts could increase the 
unpredictability of our earnings.

It is important for us to accurately estimate and control our contract costs so that we can maintain positive operating 
margins  and  profitability.  We  generally  enter  into  three  principal  types  of  contracts  with  our  clients:  fixed-price,  time-and-
materials and cost-plus.  

The U.S. federal government and certain other clients have increased the use of fixed-priced contracts. Under fixed-
price contracts, we receive a fixed price irrespective of the actual costs we incur and, consequently, we are exposed to a number 
of risks. We realize a profit on fixed-price contracts only if we can control our costs and prevent cost over-runs on our contracts. 
Fixed-price contracts require cost and scheduling estimates that are based on a number of assumptions, including those about 
future economic conditions, costs and availability of labor, equipment and materials and other exigencies. We could experience 
cost over-runs if these  estimates are originally inaccurate as a  result of errors or ambiguities in the  contract  specifications or 
become inaccurate as a result of a change in circumstances following the submission of the estimate due to, among other things, 
unanticipated  technical  or  equipment  problems,  difficulties  in  obtaining  permits  or  approvals,  changes  in  local  laws  or  labor 
conditions, weather delays, changes in the costs of raw materials or the inability of our vendors or subcontractors to perform 
their  obligations.  If  cost  overruns  occur,  we  could  experience  reduced  profits  or,  in  some  cases,  a  loss  for  that  project.  If  a 
project is significant, or if there are one or more common issues that impact multiple projects, costs overruns could increase the 
unpredictability of our earnings, as well as have a material adverse impact on our business and earnings. 

Under  our  time-and-materials  contracts,  we  are  paid  for  labor  at  negotiated  hourly  billing  rates  and  paid  for  other 
expenses.  Profitability  on  these  contracts  is  driven  by  billable  headcount  and  cost  control.  Many  of  our  time-and-materials 
contracts are subject to maximum contract values and, accordingly, revenue relating to these contracts is recognized as if these 
contracts were fixed-price contracts. Under our cost-plus contracts, some of which are subject to contract ceiling amounts, we 
are reimbursed for allowable costs and fees, which may be fixed or performance-based. If our costs exceed the contract ceiling 
or  are  not  allowable  under  the  provisions  of  the  contract  or  any  applicable  regulations,  we  may  not  be  able  to  obtain 
reimbursement for all of the costs we incur. 

20 

Profitability on our contracts is driven by billable headcount and our ability to manage our subcontractors, vendors and 
material suppliers. If we are unable to accurately estimate and manage our costs, we may incur losses on our contracts, which 
could decrease  our operating margins and significantly reduce or  eliminate our profits. Certain of  our contracts require  us to 
satisfy specific design, engineering, procurement or construction milestones in order to receive payment for the work completed 
or  equipment  or  supplies  procured  prior  to  achievement  of  the  applicable  milestone.  As  a  result,  under  these  types  of 
arrangements, we may incur significant costs or perform significant amounts of services prior to receipt of payment. If a client 
determines not to proceed with the completion of the project or if the client defaults on its payment obligations, we may face 
difficulties in collecting payment of amounts due to us for the costs previously incurred or for the amounts previously expended 
to purchase equipment or supplies. 

Accounting for  a  contract  requires  judgments  relative  to  assessing  the  contract’s  estimated  risks,  revenue,  costs  and 
other technical issues. Due to the size and nature of many of our contracts, the estimation of overall risk, revenue and cost at 
completion is complicated and subject to many variables. Changes in underlying assumptions, circumstances or estimates may 
also adversely affect future period financial performance. If we are unable to accurately estimate the overall revenue or costs on 
a contract, then we may experience a lower profit or incur a loss on the contract. 

Cyber security incidents affecting our systems and information technology could adversely impact our ability to operate 
and we could experience adverse consequences resulting from such compromises, including but not limited to regulatory 
investigations or actions; litigation; fines and penalties; disruptions of our business operations; reputational harm; loss 
of revenue or profits; and other adverse consequences.

We  face  the  threat  to  our  computer  systems  of  unauthorized  access,  computer  hackers,  computer  viruses,  malicious 
code,  organized  cyber-attacks  and  other  security  problems  and  system  disruptions,  including  possible  unauthorized  access  to 
our  and  our  clients'  proprietary  or  classified  information. We  rely  on  industry-accepted  security  measures  and  technology  to 
securely maintain all confidential and proprietary information on our information systems. In addition, we rely on the security 
of  third-party  service  providers,  vendors  and  cloud  services  providers  to  protect  confidential  data.  In  the  ordinary  course  of 
business, we have been targeted by malicious cyber-attacks. A user who circumvents security measures could misappropriate 
confidential  or  proprietary  information,  including  information  regarding  us,  our  personnel  and/or  our  clients  or  cause 
interruptions or malfunctions in operations. As a result, we may be required to expend significant resources to protect against 
the threat of these system disruptions and security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these disruptions and breaches. 

 We also rely in part on third-party software and information technology vendors to run our critical accounting, project 
management and financial information systems. Our software and information technology vendors may decide to discontinue 
further  development,  integration  or  long-term  software  and  hardware  support  for  our  information  systems,  in  which  case  we 
may  need  to  abandon  one  or  more  of  our  current  information  systems  and  migrate  some  or  all  of  our  accounting,  project 
management  and  financial  information  to  other  systems,  thus  increasing  our  operational  expense,  as  well  as  disrupting  the 
management of our business operations.   

While  we  have  implemented  security  measures  designed  to  protect  against  security  incidents,  there  can  be  no 
assurance that these measures will be effective. Vulnerabilities in our systems pose material risks to our business. Applicable 
data privacy and security obligations may require us to notify relevant stakeholders of security incidents.  Such disclosures are 
costly,  and  the  disclosure  or  the  failure  to  comply  with  such  requirements  could  lead  to adverse  consequences. Any  of  these 
events could damage our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations 
and cash flows. 

Risks Related to Our Clients

We  derive  a  substantial  amount  of  our  revenue  from  U.S.  federal,  state  and  local  government  agencies,  and  any 
disruption in government funding or in our relationship with those agencies could adversely affect our business.

In fiscal 2023, we generated 44.1% of our revenue from contracts with U.S. federal, and state and local government 
agencies. A  significant  amount  of  this  revenue  is  derived  under  multi-year  contracts,  many  of  which  are  appropriated  on  an 
annual basis. As a result, at the beginning of a project, the related contract may be only partially funded, and additional funding 
is  normally  committed  only  as  appropriations  are  made  in  each  subsequent  year.  These  appropriations,  and  the  timing  of 
payment  of  appropriated  amounts,  may  be  influenced  by  numerous  factors  as  noted  below.  Our  backlog  includes  only  the 
projects that have funding appropriated. 

The demand for our U.S. government-related services is generally driven by the level of government program funding. 
A  significant  reduction  in  federal  government  spending,  the  absence  of  a  bipartisan  agreement  on  the  federal  government 
budget, a partial or full federal government shutdown or a change in budgetary priorities could reduce demand for our services, 
cancel  or  delay  federal  projects,  result  in  the  closure  of  federal  facilities  and  significant  personnel  reductions  and  have  a 
material and adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

21 

There are several additional factors that could materially affect our U.S. government contracting business, which could 
cause U.S. government agencies to delay or cancel programs, to reduce their orders under existing contracts, to exercise their 
rights  to  terminate  contracts  or  not  to  exercise  contract  options  for  renewals  or  extensions.  Such  factors,  which  include  the 
following,  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  revenue  or  the  timing  of  contract  payments  from  U.S.  government 
agencies:  the  failure  of  the  U.S.  government  to  complete  its  budget  and  appropriations  process  before  its  fiscal  year-end; 
changes  in  and  delays  or  cancellations  of  government  programs,  procurements,  requirements  or  appropriations;  budget 
constraints  or  policy  changes  resulting  in  delay  or  curtailment  of  expenditures  related  to  the  services  we  provide;  and  re-
competes of government contracts. 

Our  failure  to  win  new  contracts  and  renew  existing  contracts  with  private  and  public  sector  clients  could  adversely 
affect our profitability.

Our business depends on our ability to win new contracts and renew existing contracts with private and public sector 
clients. Contract proposals and negotiations are complex and frequently involve a lengthy bidding and selection process, which 
is  affected  by  a  number  of  factors.  These  factors  include  market  conditions,  financing  arrangements,  required  governmental 
approvals, client relationships and our professional reputation. If we are not able to replace the revenue from expiring contracts, 
either  through  follow-on  contracts  or  new  contracts,  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  may  be 
adversely affected. If negative market conditions continue to persist, or if we fail to secure adequate financial arrangements or 
the required government approval, we may not be able to pursue certain projects, which could adversely affect our profitability.  

Our  inability  to  win  or  renew  U.S.  government  contracts  during  regulated  procurement  processes  could  harm  our 
operations and significantly reduce or eliminate our profits.

U.S.  government  contracts  are  awarded  through  a  regulated  procurement  process. The  U.S.  federal  government  has 
increasingly  relied upon multi-year contracts with pre-established terms and conditions,  such  as indefinite delivery/indefinite 
quantity (“IDIQ”) contracts, which generally require those contractors who have previously been awarded the IDIQ to engage 
in an additional competitive bidding process before a task order is issued. As a result, new work awards tend to be smaller and 
of  shorter  duration,  since  the  orders  represent  individual  tasks  rather  than  large,  programmatic  assignments.  In  addition,  we 
believe that  there has been an increase  in  the  award of federal contracts based on  a low-price, technically acceptable criteria 
emphasizing  price  over  qualitative  factors,  such  as  past  performance.  As  a  result,  pricing  pressure  may  reduce  our  profit 
margins  on  future  federal  contracts.  Moreover,  even  if  we  are  qualified  to  work  on  a  government  contract,  we  may  not  be 
awarded  the  contract  because  of  existing  government  policies  designed  to  protect  small  businesses  and  under-represented 
minority contractors. Our inability to win or renew government contracts during regulated procurement processes could harm 
our operations and significantly reduce or eliminate our profits. 

Each year, client funding for some of our U.S. government contracts may rely on government appropriations or public-
supported  financing.  If  adequate  public  funding  is  delayed  or  is  not  available,  then  our  profits  and  revenue  could 
decline. 

A substantial portion of our revenue is derived from contracts with agencies and departments of federal, state and local 
governments.  Each  year,  client  funding  for  some  of  our  U.S.  government  contracts  may  directly  or  indirectly  rely  on 
government appropriations or public-supported financing. Legislatures may appropriate funds for a given project on a year-by-
year  basis, even though the project may take more than one year to perform. In addition, public-supported financing such as 
U.S. state and local municipal bonds may be only partially raised to support existing projects. Similarly, an economic downturn 
may make it more difficult for governments to fund projects. In addition to the state of the economy and competing political 
priorities, public funds and the timing of payment of these funds may be influenced by, among other things, curtailments in the 
use of government contracting firms, increases in raw material costs, delays associated with insufficient numbers of government 
staff  to  oversee  contracts,  budget  constraints,  the  timing  and  amount  of  tax  receipts  and  the  overall  level  of  government 
expenditures. If adequate funding is not available or is delayed, then our profits and revenue could decline.   

If we cannot collect our receivables or if payment is delayed, our business may be adversely affected by our inability to 
generate cash flow, provide working capital, or continue our business operations.

We depend on the timely collection of our receivables to generate cash flow, provide working capital, and continue our 
business operations. If the U.S. government or any other client or any prime contractor for whom we are a subcontractor fails to 
pay  or delays  the  payment  of  invoices  for  any  reason,  our business  and  financial  condition  may  be  materially  and  adversely 
affected.  Clients  may delay  or  fail  to  pay  invoices  for a  number  of  reasons,  including  lack  of  appropriated funds,  lack  of  an 
approved budget,  lack of  revised  or  final  settled  billing  rates  as  a  result  of  open  audit  years,  as  a  result  of  audit  findings  by 
government regulatory agencies or for a variety of other reasons.  

Certain contracts may give clients the right to modify, delay, curtail, renegotiate or terminate existing contracts at their 
convenience at any time prior to their completion, which may result in a decline in our profits and revenue.

22 

Certain  projects  in  which  we  participate  as  a  contractor  or  subcontractor  may  extend  for  several  years.  Generally, 
government  contracts  include  the  right  to  modify,  delay,  curtail,  renegotiate  or  terminate  contracts  and  subcontracts  at  the 
government’s convenience any time prior to their completion. Any decision by a client to modify, delay, curtail, renegotiate or 
terminate our contracts at their convenience may result in a decline in our profits and revenue. If one of these clients terminates 
their  contract  for  convenience,  we  may  only  be  able  to  bill  the  client  for  work  completed  prior  to  the  termination,  plus  any 
commitments and settlement expenses such client agrees to pay, but not for any work not yet performed. 

Our  revenue  and  growth  prospects  may  be  harmed  if  we  or  our  employees  are  unable  to  obtain  government  granted 
eligibility or other qualifications we and they need to perform services for our customers. 

A number of government programs require contractors to have certain kinds of government granted eligibility, such as 
security clearance credentials. Depending on the project, eligibility can be difficult and time-consuming to obtain. If we or our 
employees are unable  to obtain  or retain the necessary eligibility, we may not be able to win  new  business,  and our existing 
customers could terminate their contracts with us or decide not to renew them. To the extent we cannot obtain or maintain the 
required  security  clearances  for  our  employees  working  on  a  particular  contract,  we  may  not  derive  the  revenue  or  profit 
anticipated from such contract. 

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

Servicing our debt requires a significant amount of cash, and we may not have sufficient cash flow from our business to 
pay our debt.

Our  ability  to  make  scheduled  payments  of  the  principal  of,  to  pay  interest  on  or  to  refinance  our  indebtedness, 
including our convertible notes, depends on our future performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive and 
other factors beyond our control. Our business may not continue to generate cash flow from operations in the future sufficient 
to service our debt and make necessary capital expenditures. If we are unable to generate such cash flow, we may be required to 
adopt one or more alternatives, such as selling assets, restructuring debt or obtaining additional equity capital on terms that may 
be  onerous or highly dilutive. Our  ability to refinance  our indebtedness  will depend on the  capital  markets and our financial 
condition at such time. We may not be able to engage in any of these activities or engage in these activities on desirable terms, 
which could result in a default on our debt obligations. 

We may not be able to obtain capital when desired on favorable terms, if at all, or without dilution to our stockholders, 
which may impact our ability to execute on our current or future business strategies.

If we do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or otherwise, we may need additional financing to execute 
on  our  current  or  future  business  strategies,  including  developing  new  or  enhancing  existing  service  lines,  expanding  our 
business geographically, enhancing our operating infrastructure, acquiring complementary businesses, or otherwise responding 
to  competitive  pressures.  We  cannot  assure  that  additional  financing  will  be  available  to  us  on  favorable  terms,  or  at  all. 
Furthermore, if we raise additional funds through the issuance of convertible debt or equity securities, the percentage ownership 
of our stockholders could be significantly diluted, and these newly issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges 
senior to those of existing stockholders. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, if and when 
needed,  our  ability  to  fund  our  operations,  meet  obligations  in  the  normal  course  of  business,  take  advantage  of  strategic 
business opportunities, or otherwise respond to competitive pressures would be significantly limited. 

Restrictive covenants in our credit agreement may restrict our ability to pursue certain business strategies.

Our credit agreement limits or restricts our ability to, among other things: incur additional indebtedness; create liens 
securing  debt  or  other  encumbrances  on  our  assets;  make  loans  or  advances;  pay  dividends  or  make  distributions  to  our 
stockholders;  purchase  or  redeem  our  stock;  repay  indebtedness  that  is  junior  to  indebtedness  under  our  credit  agreement; 
acquire the assets of, or merge or consolidate with, other companies; and sell, lease or otherwise dispose of assets. 

Our credit agreement also requires that we maintain certain financial ratios, which we may not be able to achieve. The 
covenants  may  impair  our  ability  to  finance  future  operations  or  capital  needs  or  to  engage  in  other  favorable  business 
activities. Failing to comply with these covenants could result in an event of default under the Credit Agreement, which could 
result  in  us  being  required  to  repay  the  amounts  outstanding  prior  to  maturity.  These  prepayment  obligations  could  have  an 
adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

Furthermore, if we  are unable  to  repay  the  amounts due and payable  under the Credit Agreement, the lenders could 
proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. In the event the lenders accelerate the repayment of 
our borrowings, we and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness. 

We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to settle conversions of our convertible notes or to repurchase 
our  convertible  notes  upon  a  fundamental  change,  and  our  future  debt  may  contain  limitations  on  our  ability  to  pay 
cash upon conversion or repurchase of our convertible notes.

23 

Holders of our convertible notes have the right, subject to certain conditions and limited exceptions, to require us to 
repurchase all or a portion of their convertible notes upon the occurrence of a fundamental change (as defined in the indenture 
governing  the  convertible  notes)  at  a  fundamental  change  repurchase  price  equal  to  100%  of  the  principal  amount  of  the 
convertible  notes  to  be  repurchased,  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest,  if  any,  to,  but  excluding,  the  fundamental  change 
repurchase date. In addition, upon any conversion of our convertible notes, we will be required to make cash payments for each 
$1,000  in  principal  amount  of  our  convertible  notes  converted  of  at  least  the  lesser  of  $1,000  and  the  sum  of  the  daily 
conversion values indenture governing our convertible notes. However, we may not have enough available cash or be able to 
obtain financing at the time we are required to make repurchases of our convertible notes surrendered therefor or pay cash with 
respect to our convertible notes being converted. In addition, our ability to repurchase our convertible notes or to pay cash upon 
conversions  of  our  convertible  notes  may  be  limited  by  law,  by  regulatory  authority  or  by  agreements  governing  our  future 
indebtedness.  Our  failure  to  repurchase  our  convertible notes  at  a  time  when  the  repurchase  is  required  by  the  indenture 
governing our convertible notes or to pay any cash payable on future conversions of our convertible notes as required by the 
indenture  governing  our  convertible  notes  would  constitute  a  default  under  the  indenture  governing  our  convertible  notes. A 
default under the indenture governing our convertible notes or the fundamental change itself could also lead to a default under 
agreements governing our indebtedness. If the repayment of the related indebtedness were to be accelerated after any applicable 
notice  or grace periods,  we may  not have  sufficient  funds  to repay  the  indebtedness  and  repurchase  our  convertible notes  or 
make cash payments upon conversions thereof. 

The  conditional  conversion  feature  of  our  convertible  notes,  if  triggered,  may adversely  affect  our  financial  condition 
and operating results. 

In the event the conditional conversion feature of our convertible notes is triggered, holders of our convertible notes 
will be entitled to convert their notes at any time during specified periods at their option. If one or more holders elect to convert 
their notes, we would be required to settle any converted principal amount of such notes through the payment of cash, which 
could adversely affect our liquidity. In addition, even if holders do not elect to convert their notes, we could be required under 
applicable accounting rules to reclassify all or a portion of the outstanding principal of our convertible notes as a current rather 
than long-term liability, which would result in a material reduction of our net working capital. 

Changes in the  accounting  method for  convertible  debt securities that may be  settled in  cash,  such as our convertible 
notes, could have a material effect on our reported financial results. 

The  accounting  method  for  reflecting  our  convertible  notes  on  our  balance  sheet,  accruing  interest  expense  for  our 
convertible  notes  and  reflecting  the  underlying  shares  of  our  common  stock  in  our  reported  diluted  earnings  per  share  may 
adversely affect our reported earnings and financial condition.  

In August 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board published Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2020-06 
(“ASU  2020-06”),  which  simplified  certain  of  the  accounting  standards  that  apply  to  convertible  notes.  ASU  2020-06 
eliminated the cash conversion and beneficial conversion feature modes used to separately account for embedded conversion 
features as a component of equity. Instead, an entity would account for convertible debt or convertible preferred stock securities 
as a single unit of account, unless the conversion feature requires bifurcation and recognition as derivatives. Additionally, the 
guidance  requires  entities  to  use  the  “if-converted”  method  for  all  convertible  instruments  in  the  diluted  earnings  per  share 
calculation  and  to  include  the  effect  of  potential  share  settlement  for  instruments  that  may  be  settled  in  cash  or  shares.  We 
adopted ASU 2020-06 in the first quarter of fiscal year 2020.  

In  accordance  with ASU  2020-06,  our  convertible  notes  are  reflected  as  a  liability  on  our  balance  sheets,  with  the 
initial carrying amount equal to the principal amount of the convertible notes, net of issuance costs. The issuance costs were 
treated as contra debt for accounting purposes, which will be amortized into interest expense over the term of our convertible 
notes. As a result of this amortization, the interest expense that we expect to recognize for our convertible notes for accounting 
purposes will be greater than the cash interest payments we will pay on our convertible notes.  

In addition, the shares of our common stock underlying our convertible notes will be reflected in our diluted earnings 
per share using the “if converted” method, in accordance with ASU 2020-06. Under the “if converted” method, diluted earnings 
per  share  would  generally  be  calculated  assuming  that  all  our  convertible  notes  were  converted  solely  into  shares  of  our 
common stock at the beginning of the reporting period, unless the result would be anti-dilutive. However, for convertible notes 
in which the principal amount must be settled in cash and the conversion spread value in shares or cash upon conversions (such 
as  our  convertible  notes),  the  “if  converted”  method  requires  that  interest  expense  is  not  adjusted  in  the  numerator  and  the 
denominator only includes the net number of incremental shares that would be issued upon conversion. The application of the 
if-converted method may reduce our reported diluted earnings per share, to the extent the price of our common stock exceeds 
the conversion price. Accounting standards may change in the future in a manner that may adversely affect our diluted earnings 
per share. 

Furthermore, if any of the conditions to the convertibility of our convertible notes is satisfied, then we may be required 
under applicable accounting standards to reclassify the liability carrying value of our convertible notes as a current, rather than 

24 

a long-term, liability. This reclassification could be required even if no holders convert their notes and could materially reduce 
our reported working capital.  

Conversion of our convertible notes may dilute the ownership interest of our stockholders or may otherwise depress the 
price of our common stock.

The conversion of some or all of our convertible notes may dilute the ownership interests of our stockholders. Upon 
conversion of our convertible notes, we have the option to pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of our common stock, 
or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock in respect of the remainder, if any, of our conversion obligation in 
excess of the aggregate principal amount of our convertible notes being converted. If we elect to settle the remainder, if any, of 
our conversion obligation in excess of the aggregate principal amount of our convertible notes being converted in shares of our 
common stock or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock, any sales in the public market of our common stock 
issuable upon such conversion could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. In addition, the existence 
of  our  convertible  notes  may  encourage  short  selling  by  market  participants  because  the  conversion  of  our  convertible  notes 
could  be used  to  satisfy  short  positions,  or  anticipated  conversion  of our  convertible notes  into  shares  of  our  common  stock 
could depress the price of our common stock. 

The capped call transactions may affect the value of our common stock.  

In connection with the pricing of our convertible notes, we entered into privately negotiated capped call transactions 
with  the  option  counterparties.  The  capped  call  transactions  cover,  subject  to  customary  adjustments  substantially  similar  to 
those applicable to our convertible notes, the number of shares of our common stock initially underlying our convertible notes. 
The capped call transactions are expected generally to reduce the potential dilution to our common stock upon any conversion 
of  our  convertible  notes  and/or  offset  any  cash  payments  we  are  required  to  make  in  excess  of  the  principal  amount  of 
converted notes (if and when we elect to settle the conversion spread value in cash), as the case may be, with such reduction 
and/or offset subject to a cap.  

In addition, the option counterparties or their respective affiliates may modify their hedge positions by entering into or 
unwinding  various  derivatives  with  respect  to  our  common  stock  and/or  purchasing  or  selling  our  common  stock  or  other 
securities of ours in secondary market transactions following the pricing of our convertible notes and prior to the maturity of 
our convertible notes (and are likely to do so during any observation period related to a conversion of our convertible notes or, 
to the extent we exercise the relevant election under the capped call transactions, following any repurchase or redemption of our 
convertible notes). This activity could also cause or avoid an increase or a decrease in the market price of our common stock.  

In addition, if any such capped call transactions fail to become effective, the option counterparties or their respective 
affiliates may unwind their hedge positions with respect to our common stock, which could adversely affect the value of our 
common stock.  

We are subject to counterparty risk with respect to the capped call transactions. 

The option counterparties are financial institutions, and we are subject to the risk that any or all of them might default 

under the capped call transactions. Our exposure to the credit risk of the option counterparties is not secured by any collateral.  

If an option counterparty becomes subject to insolvency proceedings, we will become an unsecured creditor in those 
proceedings with a claim equal to our exposure at that time under the capped call transaction with such option counterparty. Our 
exposure will depend on many factors but, generally, an increase in our exposure will be correlated to an increase in the market 
price and in the volatility of our common stock. In addition, upon a default by an option counterparty, we may suffer adverse 
tax  consequences  and  more  dilution  than  we  currently  anticipate  with  respect  to  our  common  stock.  We  can  provide  no 
assurances as to the financial stability or viability of the option counterparties. 

Risks Related to Growth and Acquisitions

If we are not able to successfully manage our growth strategy, our business and results of operations may be adversely 
affected.

Our  expected  future  growth  presents  numerous  managerial,  administrative,  operational  and  other  challenges.  Our 
ability to manage the growth of our operations will require us to continue to improve our management information systems and 
our other internal systems and controls. In addition, our growth will increase our need to attract, develop, motivate and retain 
both  our  management  and  professional  employees.  The  inability  to  effectively  manage  our  growth  or  the  inability  of  our 
employees to achieve anticipated performance could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

We  have  made  and  expect  to  continue  to  make  acquisitions. Acquisitions  could  disrupt  our  operations  and  adversely 
impact our business and operating results. Our failure to conduct due diligence effectively or our inability to successfully 
integrate  acquisitions  could  impede  us  from  realizing  all  of  the  benefits  of  the  acquisitions,  which  could  weaken  our 
results of operations.

25 

A key part of our growth strategy is to acquire other companies that complement our lines of business or that broaden 
our  technical  capabilities  and  geographic  presence.  However,  our  ability  to  make  acquisitions  is  restricted  under  our  credit 
agreement. Acquisitions involve  certain known and unknown risks that  could cause our  actual growth or operating results to 
differ  from our  expectations  or  the  expectations  of  securities  analysts.  For  example:  we  may  not  be  able  to  identify suitable 
acquisition  candidates  or  to  acquire  additional  companies  on  acceptable  terms;  we  have  completed  and  we  will  continue  to 
pursue  international  acquisitions,  which  inherently  pose  more  risk  than  domestic  acquisitions;  we  compete  with  others  to 
acquire companies, which may result in decreased availability of, or increased price for, suitable acquisition candidates; and we 
may not be able to obtain the necessary financing, on favorable terms or at all, to finance any of our potential acquisitions. 

If we fail to conduct due diligence on our potential targets effectively, we may, for example, not identify problems at 
target companies, or fail to recognize incompatibilities or other obstacles to successful integration. The integration process may 
disrupt our business and, if implemented ineffectively, may preclude realization of the full benefits expected by us and could 
harm our results of operations. 

Further,  acquisitions  may  cause  us  to:  issue  common  stock  that  would  dilute  our  current  stockholders’  ownership 
percentage;  use  a  substantial  portion  of  our  cash  resources;  increase  our  interest  expense,  leverage  and  debt  service 
requirements (if we incur additional debt to fund an acquisition); or record goodwill and non-amortizable intangible assets that 
are subject to impairment testing and potential impairment charges. 

If our goodwill or other intangible assets become impaired, then our profits may be significantly reduced.

Because  we  have  historically  acquired  a  significant  number  of  companies,  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets 
represent a substantial portion of our assets. As of October 1, 2023, our goodwill was $1.9 billion and other intangible assets 
were  $173.9  million.  We  are  required  to  perform  a  goodwill  impairment  test  for  potential  impairment  at  least  on  an  annual 
basis. We also assess the recoverability of the unamortized balance of our intangible assets when indications of impairment are 
present  based  on  expected  future  profitability  and  undiscounted  expected  cash  flows  and  their  contribution  to  our  overall 
operations.  The  goodwill  impairment  test  requires  us  to  determine  the  fair  value  of  our  reporting  units,  which  are  the 
components one level below our reportable segments. In determining fair value, we make significant judgments and estimates, 
including assumptions about our strategic plans with regard to our operations. We also analyze current economic indicators and 
market valuations to help determine fair value. To the extent economic conditions that would impact the future operations of 
our reporting units change, our goodwill may be deemed to be impaired, and we would be required to record a non-cash charge 
that could result in a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations. We had no goodwill impairment 
in fiscal 2023, 2022 or 2021. 

Risks Related to Our Legal and Regulatory Environment

As  a  U.S.  government  contractor,  we  must  comply  with  various  procurement  laws  and  regulations  and  are  subject  to 
regular government audits;  a violation of  any of  these laws and  regulations or the  failure  to pass a government audit 
could  result in  sanctions, contract termination, forfeiture  of profit, harm to our reputation or loss of our status as an 
eligible government contractor and could reduce our profits and revenue.

We  must  comply  with  and  are  affected  by  U.S.  federal,  state,  local  and  foreign  laws  and  regulations  relating  to  the 
formation,  administration  and  performance  of  government  contracts.  For  example,  we  must  comply  with  FAR,  the  Truth  in 
Negotiations Act, CAS, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, the Services Contract Act, the  DoD  security 
regulations as well as many other rules and regulations. In addition, we must comply with other government regulations related 
to  employment  practices,  environmental  protection,  health  and  safety,  tax,  accounting,  anti-fraud  measures  as  well  as  many 
other regulations in order to maintain our government contractor status. These laws and regulations affect how we do business 
with our clients and, in some instances, impose additional costs on our business operations. Although we take precautions to 
prevent and deter fraud, misconduct and non-compliance, we face the risk that our employees or outside partners may engage in 
misconduct, fraud or other improper activities. U.S. government agencies, such as the DCAA, routinely audit and investigate 
government  contractors.  These  government  agencies  review  and  audit  a  government  contractor’s  performance  under  its 
contracts and cost structure, and evaluate compliance with applicable laws, regulations and standards. In addition, during the 
course of its audits, the DCAA may question our incurred project costs. If the DCAA believes we have accounted for such costs 
in a manner inconsistent with the requirements for FAR or CAS, the DCAA auditor may recommend to our U.S. government 
corporate  administrative  contracting  officer  that  such  costs  be  disallowed.  Historically,  we  have  not  experienced  significant 
disallowed costs as a result of government audits. However, we can provide no assurance that the DCAA or other government 
audits  will  not  result  in  material  disallowances  for  incurred  costs  in  the  future.  In  addition,  U.S.  government  contracts  are 
subject to various other requirements relating to the formation, administration, performance and accounting for these contracts. 
We may also be subject to qui tam litigation brought by private individuals on behalf of the U.S. government under the Federal 
Civil False Claims Act, which could include claims for treble damages. For example, as discussed elsewhere in this report, on 
January  14,  2019,  the  Civil  Division  of  the  United  States Attorney’s  Office  filed  complaints  in  intervention  in  three  qui  tam 
actions filed against our subsidiary, Tetra Tech EC, Inc., in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California. U.S. 

26 

government contract violations could result in the imposition of civil and criminal penalties or sanctions, contract termination, 
forfeiture  of  profit  and/or  suspension  of  payment,  any  of  which  could  make  us  lose  our  status  as  an  eligible  government 
contractor.  We  could  also  suffer  serious  harm  to  our  reputation.  Any  interruption  or  termination  of  our  U.S.  government 
contractor status could reduce our profits and revenue significantly. 

Legal proceedings, investigations and disputes could result in substantial monetary penalties and damages, especially if 
such penalties and damages exceed or are excluded from existing insurance coverage.

We engage in consulting, engineering, program management and technical services that can result in substantial injury 
or damages that  may expose us to legal proceedings, investigations and disputes. For example, in the ordinary course of our 
business,  we  may  be  involved  in  legal  disputes  regarding  personal  injury  claims,  employee  or  labor  disputes,  professional 
liability  claims  and  general  commercial  disputes  involving  project  cost  overruns  and  liquidated  damages  as  well  as  other 
claims. In addition, in the ordinary course of our business, we frequently make professional judgments and recommendations 
about environmental and engineering conditions of project sites for our clients, and we may be deemed to be responsible for 
these  judgments  and  recommendations  if  they  are  later determined  to  be  inaccurate. Any  unfavorable  legal  ruling  against  us 
could result in substantial monetary damages or even criminal violations. We maintain insurance coverage as part of our overall 
legal and risk management strategy to minimize our potential liabilities; however, insurance coverage contains exclusions and 
other limitations that may not cover our potential liabilities. Generally, our insurance program covers workers’ compensation 
and  employer’s  liability,  general  liability,  automobile  liability,  professional  errors  and  omissions  liability,  property  and 
contractor’s pollution liability (in addition to other policies for specific projects). Our insurance program includes deductibles 
or  self-insured  retentions  for  each  covered  claim  that  may  increase  over  time.  In  addition,  our  insurance  policies  contain 
exclusions that insurance providers may use  to deny or  restrict coverage. Excess liability and professional liability insurance 
policies  provide  for  coverage  on  a  “claims-made”  basis,  covering  only  claims  actually  made  and  reported  during  the  policy 
period currently in effect. If we sustain liabilities that exceed or that are excluded from our insurance coverage, or for which we 
are not insured, it could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.  

We could be adversely affected by violations of the FCPA and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws.

The FCPA and similar anti-bribery laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making direct or 
indirect improper payments to foreign government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also 
requires  public  companies  to  make  and  keep  books  and  records  that  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  of  the 
corporation  and  to  devise  and  maintain  an  adequate  system  of  internal  accounting  controls.  The  U.K.  Bribery Act  of  2010 
prohibits  both  domestic  and  international  bribery,  as  well  as  bribery  across  both  private  and  public  sectors.  In  addition,  an 
organization that “fails to prevent bribery” by anyone associated with the organization can be charged under the U.K. Bribery 
Act  unless  the  organization  can  establish  the  defense  of  having  implemented  “adequate  procedures”  to  prevent  bribery. 
Improper payments are also prohibited under the Canadian Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act and the Brazilian Clean 
Companies  Act.  Local  business  practices  in  many  countries  outside  the  United  States  create  a  greater  risk  of  government 
corruption than that found in the United States and other more developed countries. Our policies mandate compliance with anti-
bribery  laws,  and  we  have  established  policies  and  procedures  designed  to  monitor  compliance  with  anti-bribery  law 
requirements;  however,  we  cannot  ensure  that  our  policies  and  procedures  will  prevent  potential  reckless  or  criminal  acts 
committed by individual employees, agents or partners. If we are found to be liable for anti-bribery law violations, we could 
suffer from criminal or civil penalties or other sanctions that could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

We could be adversely impacted if we fail to comply with domestic and international export control and sanctions laws.

To the extent we export technical services, data and products outside of the United States, we are subject to U.S. and 
international  laws  and  regulations  governing  international  trade  and  exports,  including  but  not  limited  to  the  International 
Traffic  in  Arms  Regulations,  the  Export  Administration  Regulations  and  trade  sanctions.  These  laws  and  regulations  may 
restrict or prohibit altogether the sale or supply of certain of our services to certain governments, persons, entities, countries, 
and territories, including those that are the target of comprehensive sanctions, unless there are license exceptions that apply or 
specific licenses are obtained.  A failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in civil or criminal sanctions, 
including  the  imposition  of  fines,  the  denial  of  export  privileges  and  suspension  or  debarment  from  participation  in  U.S. 
government contracts, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

New legal requirements could adversely affect our operating results.

Our  business  and  results  of  operations  could  be  adversely  affected  by  the  passage  of  climate  change,  defense, 
environmental, infrastructure and other legislation, policies and regulations. Growing concerns about climate change may result 
in the imposition of additional environmental regulations. For example, legislation, international protocols, regulation or other 
restrictions  on  emissions  could  increase  the  costs  of  projects  for  our  clients  or,  in  some  cases,  prevent  a  project  from  going 
forward,  thereby  potentially  reducing  the  need  for  our  services.  In  addition,  relaxation  or  repeal  of  laws  and  regulations,  or 
changes in governmental policies regarding environmental, defense, infrastructure or other industries we serve could result in a 

27 

decline in demand for our services, which could in turn negatively impact our revenues. We cannot predict when or whether any 
of these various proposals may be enacted or what their effect will be on us or on our customers. 

We may be subject to liabilities under environmental laws and regulations.

Our  services  are  subject  to  numerous  U.S.  and  international  environmental  protection  laws  and  regulations  that  are 
complex and stringent. For example, we must comply with a number of U.S. federal government laws that strictly regulate the 
handling,  removal,  treatment,  transportation  and  disposal  of  toxic  and  hazardous  substances.  Under  the  Comprehensive 
Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (“CERCLA”), and comparable state laws, we 
may  be  required  to  investigate  and  remediate  regulated  hazardous  materials.  CERCLA  and  comparable  state  laws  typically 
impose  strict,  joint  and  several  liabilities  without  regard  to  whether  a  company  knew  of  or  caused  the  release  of  hazardous 
substances.  The  liability  for  the  entire  cost  of  clean-up  could  be  imposed  upon  any  responsible  party.  Other  principal  U.S. 
federal  environmental,  health  and  safety  laws  affecting  us  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  the  Resource  Conservation  and 
Recovery Act, National Environmental Policy Act, the Clean Air Act, the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Federal Mine 
Safety  and  Health  Act  of  1977  (the  “Mine  Act”),  the  Toxic  Substances  Control  Act  and  the  Superfund  Amendments  and 
Reauthorization  Act.  Our  business  operations  may  also  be  subject  to  similar  state  and  international  laws  relating  to 
environmental  protection.  Further,  past  business  practices  at  companies  that  we  have  acquired  may  also  expose  us  to  future 
unknown  environmental  liabilities.  Liabilities  related  to  environmental  contamination  or  human  exposure  to  hazardous 
substances, or a failure to comply with applicable regulations, could result in substantial costs to us, including clean-up costs, 
fines,  civil  or  criminal  sanctions,  and  third-party  claims  for  property  damage  or  personal  injury  or  cessation  of  remediation 
activities. Our continuing work in the areas governed by these laws and regulations exposes us to the risk of substantial liability. 

Uncertainties  in  the  interpretation  and  application  of  existing,  new  and  proposed  tax  laws  and  regulations  could 
materially affect our tax obligations and effective tax rate.

The tax regimes to which we are subject or under which we operate are  unsettled and may be subject  to significant 
change.  The  issuance  of  additional  guidance  related  to  existing  or  future  tax  laws,  or  changes  to  tax  laws,  tax  treaties  or 
regulations proposed or implemented by the current or a future U.S. presidential administration, Congress, or taxing authorities 
in  other  jurisdictions,  including  jurisdictions  outside  of  the  United  States,  could  materially  affect  our  tax  obligations  and 
effective  tax  rate. To  the  extent  that  such  changes  have  a  negative  impact  on  us,  including  as  a  result  of related  uncertainty, 
these changes may adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. 

The  amount  of  taxes  we  pay  in  different  jurisdictions  depends  on  the  application  of  the  tax  laws  of  various 
jurisdictions, including the United States, to our international business activities, the relative amounts of income before taxes in 
the various jurisdictions in which we operate, new or revised tax laws, or interpretations of tax laws and policies, the outcome 
of current and future tax audits, examinations or administrative appeals, our ability to realize our deferred tax assets, and our 
ability to operate our business in a manner consistent with our corporate structure and intercompany arrangements. The taxing 
authorities  of  the  jurisdictions  in  which  we  operate  may  challenge  our  methodologies  for  pricing  intercompany  transactions 
pursuant to our intercompany arrangements or disagree with our determinations as to the income and expenses attributable to 
specific  jurisdictions.  If  such  a  challenge  or  disagreement  were  to  occur,  and  our  position  was  not  sustained,  we  could  be 
required to pay additional taxes, interest, and penalties, which could result in one-time tax charges, higher effective tax rates, 
reduced  cash  flows,  and  lower  overall  profitability  of  our  operations.  Our  financial  statements  could  fail  to  reflect  adequate 
reserves to cover such a contingency. Similarly, a taxing authority could assert that we are subject to tax in a jurisdiction where 
we believe we have not established a taxable connection, often referred to as a “permanent establishment” under international 
tax treaties, and such an assertion, if successful, could increase our expected tax liability in one or more jurisdictions. 

Employee, agent or partner misconduct, or our failure to comply with anti-bribery and other laws or regulations, could 
harm our reputation, reduce our revenue and profits and subject us to criminal and civil enforcement actions.

Misconduct,  fraud,  non-compliance  with  applicable  laws  and  regulations  or  other  improper  activities  by  one  of  our 
employees, agents or partners could have a significant negative impact on our business and reputation. Such misconduct could 
include  the  failure  to  comply  with  government  procurement  regulations,  regulations  regarding  the  protection  of  classified 
information, regulations prohibiting bribery and other foreign corrupt practices, regulations regarding the pricing of labor and 
other costs in government contracts, regulations on lobbying or similar activities, regulations pertaining to the internal controls 
over  financial  reporting,  environmental  laws  and  any  other  applicable  laws  or  regulations.  Our  policies  mandate  compliance 
with these regulations and laws, and we take precautions to prevent and detect misconduct. However, since our internal controls 
are subject to inherent limitations, including human error, it is possible that these controls could be intentionally circumvented 
or  become  inadequate  because  of  changed  conditions.  As  a  result,  we  cannot  assure  that  our  controls  will  protect  us  from 
reckless  or  criminal  acts  committed  by  our  employees,  agents  or  partners.  Our  failure  to  comply  with  applicable  laws  or 
regulations  or  acts  of  misconduct  could  subject  us  to  fines  and  penalties,  loss  of  security  clearances  and  suspension  or 
debarment from contracting, any or all of which could harm our reputation, reduce our revenue and profits and subject us to 
criminal and civil enforcement actions. 

28 

If our reports and opinions are not in compliance with professional standards and other regulations, we could be subject 
to monetary damages and penalties.

We  issue  reports  and  opinions  to  clients  based  on  our  professional  engineering  expertise,  as  well  as  our  other 
professional  credentials.  Our  reports  and  opinions  may  need  to  comply  with  professional  standards,  licensing  requirements, 
securities regulations and other laws and rules governing the performance of professional services in the jurisdiction in which 
the  services  are  performed.  In  addition,  the  reports  and  other  work  product  we  produce  for  clients  sometimes  include 
projections,  forecasts  and  other  forward-looking  statements.  Such  information by  its  nature  is  subject  to  numerous  risks  and 
uncertainties,  any  of  which  could  cause  the  information  produced  by  us  to  ultimately  prove  inaccurate.  While  we  include 
appropriate disclaimers in the reports that we prepare for our clients, once we produce such written work product, we do not 
always have  the ability to  control the manner in which our clients use  such information. As a  result, if our clients reproduce 
such  information  to  solicit  funds  from  investors  for  projects  without  appropriate  disclaimers  or  the  information  proves  to  be 
incorrect, or if our clients reproduce such information for potential investors in a misleading or incomplete manner, our clients 
or such investors may threaten to or file suit against us for, among other things, securities law violations. 

We  have  only  a  limited  ability  to  protect  our  intellectual  property  rights,  and  our  failure  to  protect  our  intellectual 
property rights could adversely affect our competitive position.

We  rely  upon  a  combination of  nondisclosure  agreements  and  other  contractual  arrangements,  as  well  as  copyright, 
trademark, patent and trade secret laws to protect our proprietary information. We also enter into proprietary information and 
intellectual property agreements with employees, which require them to disclose any inventions created during employment, to 
convey  such  rights  to  inventions  to  us,  and  to  restrict  any  disclosure  of  proprietary  information. Trade  secrets  are  generally 
difficult to protect. Although our employees are subject to confidentiality obligations, this protection may be inadequate to deter 
or prevent misappropriation of our confidential information and/or the infringement of our patents and copyrights. Further, we 
may be unable to detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property or otherwise take appropriate steps to enforce our rights. 
Failure to adequately protect, maintain or enforce our intellectual property rights may adversely limit our competitive position. 

Assertions  by  third  parties  of  infringement,  misappropriation  or  other  violations  by  us  of  their  intellectual  property 
rights could result in significant costs and substantially harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

In recent years, there has been significant litigation involving intellectual property rights in technology industries. We 
may  face from time to time, allegations that we  or a  supplier or customer have violated the rights of third parties, including 
patent,  trademark  and  other  intellectual  property  rights.  If,  with  respect  to  any  claim  against  us  for  violation  of  third-party 
intellectual  property  rights,  we  are  unable  to  prevail  in  the  litigation  or  retain  or  obtain  sufficient  rights  or  develop  non-
infringing  intellectual  property  or  otherwise  alter  our  business  practices  on  a  timely  or  cost-efficient  basis,  our  business, 
financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected. 

Any infringement, misappropriation or related claims, whether or not meritorious, are time consuming, divert technical 
and management personnel and are costly to resolve. As a result of any such dispute, we may have to develop non-infringing 
technology, pay damages, enter into royalty or licensing agreements, cease utilizing products or services or take other actions to 
resolve the claims. These actions, if required, may be costly or unavailable on terms acceptable to us.  

We are subject to stringent and evolving U.S. and foreign laws, regulations, rules, contractual obligations, policies and 
other obligations related to data privacy and security.  Our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations 
could lead to regulatory investigations or actions; litigation (including class claims) and mass arbitration demands; fines 
and penalties; disruptions of our business operations; reputational harm; loss of revenue or profits; loss of customers or 
sales; and other adverse business consequences.

We  develop,  install  and  maintain  information  technology  systems  for  ourselves,  as  well  as  for  customers.  Client 
contracts for the performance of information technology services, as well as various privacy and securities laws, require us to 
manage  and  protect  sensitive  and  confidential  information,  including  federal  and  other  government  information,  from 
disclosure.  We  also  need  to  protect  our  own  internal  trade  secrets  and  other  business  confidential  information,  as  well  as 
personal data of our employees and contractors, from disclosure.  

In  the  United  States,  federal,  state,  and  local  governments  have  enacted  numerous  data  privacy  and  security  laws, 
including  data breach  notification  laws,  personal  data  privacy  laws,  consumer protection  laws  (e.g.,  Section 5 of  the  Federal 
Trade Commission Act), and other similar laws.  For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018, as amended by the 
California  Privacy  Rights  Act  of  2020  (“CPRA”),  (collectively,  “CCPA”)  applies  to  personal  information  of  consumers, 
business representatives, and employees who are California residents, and requires businesses to provide specific disclosures in 
privacy notices and honor requests of such individuals to exercise certain privacy rights.  The CCPA provides for administrative 
fines of up to $7,500 per violation and allows private litigants affected by certain data breaches to recover significant statutory 
damages. Other states, such as Virginia and Colorado, have also passed comprehensive privacy laws, and similar laws are being 
considered in several other states, as well as at the federal and local levels. 

29 

Outside the United States, an increasing number of laws, regulations, and industry standards govern data privacy and 
security.  For example, the European Union's General Data Protection Regulation ("EU GDPR"), the United Kingdom’s GDPR, 
and  Brazil’s  General  Data  Protection  Law  (Lei  Geral  de  Proteção  de  Dados  Pessoais,  or  “LGPD”)  (Law  No.  13,709/2018) 
impose strict requirements for processing personal data.  For example, the EU GDPR extends the scope of the European Union 
data protection laws to all companies processing data of European Union residents, regardless of the company's location.  

In the ordinary course of business, we may transfer  personal data from Europe and other jurisdictions to the  United 
States or other countries.  Europe and other jurisdictions have enacted laws requiring data to be localized or limiting the transfer 
of personal data to other countries. In particular, the European Economic Area (“EEA”) and the United Kingdom (“UK”) have 
significantly  restricted  the  transfer  of  personal  data  to  the United  States  and  other  countries  whose  privacy  laws  it  generally 
believes are inadequate.  Other jurisdictions may adopt similarly stringent interpretations of their data localization and cross-
border data transfer laws. 

Although there are currently various mechanisms that may be used to transfer personal data from the EEA and UK to 
the United States in compliance with law, such as the EEA and UK’s standard contractual clauses, the UK’s International Data 
Transfer Agreement / Addendum, and the EU-U.S. Data Privacy Framework (which allows for transfers for relevant U.S.-based 
organizations who self-certify compliance and participate in the Framework), these mechanisms are subject to legal challenges, 
and there is no assurance that we can satisfy or rely on these measures to lawfully transfer personal data to the United States. 

If there is no lawful manner for us to transfer personal data from the EEA, the UK or other jurisdictions to the United 
States, or if the requirements for a legally-compliant transfer are too onerous, we could face significant adverse consequences, 
including the interruption or degradation of our operations, the need to relocate part of or all of our business or data processing 
activities  to  other  jurisdictions  (such  as  Europe)  at  significant  expense,  increased  exposure  to  regulatory  actions,  substantial 
fines and penalties, the inability to transfer data and work with partners, vendors and other third parties, and injunctions against 
our processing or transferring of personal data necessary to operate our business.  Additionally, companies that transfer personal 
data  out  of  the  EEA  and  UK  to  other  jurisdictions,  particularly  to  the  United  States,  are  subject  to  increased  scrutiny  from 
regulators, individual litigants, and activist groups. 

General Risk Factors

We  may  not  be  able  to  continue,  or  may  elect  to  discontinue,  paying  dividends  which  may  adversely  affect  our  stock 
price.

Current dividends may not be indicative of future dividends, and our ability to continue to pay or increase dividends to 
our stockholders is subject to our board of director’s discretion and depends on: our ability to comply with covenants imposed 
by our financing agreements that limit our ability to pay dividends and make certain restricted payments; difficulties in raising 
additional capital; our ability to re-finance our long-term debt before it matures; principal repayments and other capital needs; 
our results of operations and general business conditions; legal restrictions on the payment of dividends and other factors that 
our board of directors deems relevant. In the future we may elect not to pay dividends, be unable to pay dividends or maintain 
or increase our current level of dividends, which may negatively affect our stock price. 

Delaware  law  and  our  organizational  documents  may  impede  or  discourage  a  merger,  takeover  or  other  business 
combination  with  us  even  if  the  business  combination  would  have  been  in  the  short-term  best  interests  of  our 
stockholders.

We are a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of Delaware law impose various impediments to the 
ability of a third party to acquire control of us, even if a change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders. In addition, 
our Board of Directors has the power, without stockholder approval, to designate the terms of one or more series of preferred 
stock and issue shares of preferred stock, which could be used defensively if a takeover is threatened. These features, as well as 
provisions  in  our  certificate  of  incorporation  and  bylaws,  such  as  those  relating  to  advance  notice  of  certain  stockholder 
proposals  and  nominations,  could  impede  a  merger,  takeover  or  other  business  combination  involving  us,  or  discourage  a 
potential acquirer from making a tender offer for our common stock, even if the business combination would have been in the 
best interests of our current stockholders. 

Item 1B    Unresolved Staff Comments 

None. 

30 

Item 2.    Properties 

At  fiscal  2023 year-end,  we  leased  approximately  550  operating  facilities  in  domestic  and  foreign  locations.  Our 
significant  lease  agreements  expire  at  various  dates  through  2032. We  believe  that  our  current  facilities  are  adequate  for  the 
operation of our business, and that suitable additional space in various local markets is available to accommodate any needs that 
may arise. 

The following table summarizes our ten most significant leased properties by location based on annual rental expenses 

(listed alphabetically, except for our corporate headquarters): 

Location

Description
Corporate Headquarters

Reportable Segment
Corporate

Pasadena, CA

Arlington, VA

Boston, MA

Irvine, CA

London, United Kingdom

Melbourne, Australia

New York, NY

Orlando, FL

Pittsburgh, PA

Portland, OR

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings  

Office Building

Office Building

Office Building

Office Building

Office Building

Office Building

Office Building

Office Building

Office Building

GSG

GSG / CIG

GSG / CIG

GSG / CIG

CIG

GSG /CIG

GSG / CIG

GSG / CIG

GSG / CIG

For  a  description  of  our  material  pending  legal  and  regulatory  proceedings  and  settlements,  see  Note 17, 

"Commitments and Contingencies" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8. 

Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures  

Section 1503  of  the  Dodd-Frank Wall  Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection Act  (the "Dodd-Frank Act")  requires 
domestic mine operators to disclose violations and orders issued under the Mine Act by MSHA. We do not act as the owner of 
any mines, but we may act as a mining operator as defined under the Mine Act where we may be an independent contractor 
performing  services  or  construction  at  such  mine.  Information  concerning  mine  safety  violations  or  other  regulatory  matters 
required by Section 1503(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act and Item 104 of Regulation S-K is included in Exhibit 95. 

31 

PART II 

Item 5.    Market  for  Registrant's  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and  Issuer  Purchases  of  Equity 
Securities 

Market Information 

Our  common  stock  is  traded  on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Select  Market  under  the  symbol  TTEK.  There  were 

approximately 1,088 stockholders of record at October 1, 2023.  

Stock-Based Compensation 

For information regarding our stock-based compensation, see Note 11, "Stockholders' Equity and Stock Compensation 

Plans" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8. 

Performance Graph 

The following graph shows a comparison of our cumulative  total returns with  those of the  NASDAQ Market Index 
and the Standard & Poor's ("S&P") 1000 Index. At this time, we do not have a comparable peer group due to the combination of 
our differentiated high-end consulting services and our end-markets. Thus, we have selected the S&P 1000 Index. The graph 
assumes that the value of an investment in our common stock and in each such index was $100 on September 30, 2018, and that 
all dividends have been reinvested. Dividends declared and paid in fiscal 2023 totaled $0.98 per share. We declared and paid 
dividends in the first and second quarters totaling $0.46 per share ($0.23 each quarter) on our common stock and paid dividends 
in  the  third  and  fourth  quarters  totaling  $0.52  per  share  ($0.26  each  quarter)  on  our  common  stock.  We  declared  and  paid 
dividends totaling $0.86, $0.74, $0.64 and $0.54 per share in fiscal 2022, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The comparison in 
the graph below is based on historical data and is not intended to forecast the possible future performance of our common stock. 

ASSUMES $100 INVESTED ON SEPTEMBER 30, 2018 
ASSUMES DIVIDEND REINVESTED 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 1, 2023 

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

Tetra Tech, Inc.
NASDAQ Market Index

S&P 1000 Index

$  100.00  $  125.39  $  135.75  $  227.19  $  193.42  $  230.26 
171.65 

186.08 

138.47 

136.12 

100.00 

99.77 

100.00 

94.85 

89.34 

137.53 

113.09 

128.76 

The performance graph above and related text are being furnished solely to accompany this annual report on Form 10-
K pursuant to Item 201(e) of Regulation S-K, and are not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, and are 
not  to  be  incorporated  by  reference  into  any  of  our  filings  with  the  SEC,  whether  made  before  or  after  the  date  hereof, 
regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing. 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock Repurchase Program 

On  October  5,  2021,  our  Board  of  Directors  authorized  a  new  stock  repurchase  program  under  which  we  could 
repurchase up to $400 million of our common stock. In fiscal 2023, we did not repurchase any shares of our common stock. In 
fiscal  2022,  we  repurchased  and  settled  1,341,679  shares  with  an  average  price  of  $149.07  per  share  for  a  total  cost  of 
$200.0 million. At October 1, 2023, we had a remaining balance of $347.8 million under our stock repurchase program. 

Item 6.    [Reserved] 

33 

Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

The following analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with Part I of 
this report, as well as our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes in Item 8. The following analysis contains 
forward-looking statements about our future results of operations and expectations. Our actual results and the timing of events 
could  differ  materially  from  those  described  herein.  See  Part 1,  Item 1A,  "Risk  Factors"  for  a  discussion  of  the  risks, 
assumptions and uncertainties affecting these statements. 

OVERVIEW OF RESULTS AND BUSINESS TRENDS 

General.  In fiscal 2023, our revenue increased 29.1% compared to fiscal 2022. This growth includes approximately 
$600  million  from  the  acquisition  of  RPS  Group  plc  ("RPS"),  which  was  completed  in  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2023. 
Excluding  RPS,  our  revenue  increased  12.0%  in  fiscal  2023  compared  to  last  year.  This  year-over-year  growth  reflects 
increased activity in our U.S. Federal, U.S. Commercial and International client sectors. 

U.S.  Federal  Government.  Our  U.S.  federal government revenue  increased  30.3%  in  fiscal  2023  compared  to  fiscal 
2022. This increase was primarily due to more international development and broad-based increases across civilian agencies. 
During  periods  of  economic  volatility,  our  U.S.  federal  government  business  has  historically  been  the  most  stable  and 
predictable. We expect our U.S. federal government  revenue  to continue to grow  in fiscal 2024. Approximately $1 trillion  in 
new U.S. federal funding passed in 2021 through the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act, the Inflation Reduction Act and 
the CHIPS and Science Act. Each of these programs include substantial planned investments in our key end markets including 
water, environment and sustainable infrastructure over the next five to ten years.

U.S.  State  and  Local  Government.    Our  U.S.  state  and  local  government  revenue  increased  0.6%  in  fiscal  2023 
compared to fiscal 2022, which includes lower disaster response activity. Excluding disaster response and the contribution from 
RPS,  our  state  and  local  government  revenue  increased  14.9%  in  fiscal  2023  compared  to  last  year.  The  increase  reflects 
continued  broad-based  growth  in  our  U.S.  state  and  local  government  infrastructure  business,  particularly  with  increased 
revenue  from  municipal  water  infrastructure  work,  including  digital  water  projects.  Most  of  our  work  for  the  U.S.  state  and 
local governments relates to critical water and environmental programs, which we expect to continue to grow in fiscal 2024.

U.S. Commercial.  Our U.S. commercial revenue increased 16.1% in fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2022. Excluding 
the contribution from RPS, our U.S. commercial revenue increased 8.2% in fiscal 2023 compared to last year. This increase was 
primarily  due  to  more  activity  on  clean  energy  and  environmental  programs,  including  meeting  net  zero  carbon  goals  and 
designing high performance buildings. We expect growth in our U.S. commercial work to continue in fiscal 2024. 

International.  Our  international  revenue  increased  52.5%  in  fiscal  2023  compared  to  fiscal  2022.  Excluding  the 
contribution  from RPS, our international revenue  increased 10.2%, on a constant currency basis, compared to last year. This 
revenue growth reflects government stimulus spending on infrastructure and commercial activities related to an increased focus 
on sustainability. We expect growth in our international work to continue in fiscal 2024.

34 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Fiscal 2023 Compared to Fiscal 2022 

Consolidated Results of Operations 

Revenue

Subcontractor costs

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs (1)

Other costs of revenue

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Acquisition and integration expenses

Right-of-use operating lease asset impairment

Contingent consideration – fair value adjustments

Income from operations

Interest expense – net

Other non-operating income

Income before income tax expense

Income tax expense

Net income

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1,
2023

October 2,
2022

Change

$

%

($ in thousands, except per share data)

$ 

4,522,550  $ 

3,504,048  $  1,018,502 

(771,461)

3,751,089 

(668,468)

(102,993)

2,835,580 

915,509 

(3,026,060)

(2,260,021)

(766,039)

725,029 

(305,107)

(33,169)

(16,385)

(12,255)

358,113 

(46,537)

89,402 

400,978 

(127,526)

273,452 

(32)

575,559 

(234,784)

— 

— 

(329)

340,446 

(11,584)

19,904 

348,766 

(85,602)

263,164 

(39)

149,470 

(70,323)

(33,169)

(16,385)

(11,926)

17,667 

69,498 

52,212 

(41,924)

10,288 

7 

29.1%

(15.4)

32.3

(33.9)

26.0

(30.0)

NM

NM

NM

5.2

349.2

15.0

(49.0)

3.9

17.9

3.9

(34,953)

(301.7)

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech

Diluted earnings per share

$ 

$ 

273,420  $ 

263,125  $ 

10,295 

5.10  $ 

4.86  $ 

0.24 

4.9%

(1)          We believe  that the presentation  of  "Revenue,  net  of  subcontractor  costs",  which is a non-U.S.  GAAP  financial  measure,  enhances  investors'  ability  to 
analyze our business trends and performance because it substantially measures the work performed by our employees. In the course of providing services, we 
routinely subcontract various services and, under certain international development programs, issue grants. Generally, these subcontractor costs and grants are 
passed through to our clients and, in accordance with U.S. GAAP and industry practice, are included in our revenue when it is our contractual responsibility to 
procure or manage these activities. Because subcontractor services can vary significantly from project to project and period to period, changes in revenue may 
not  necessarily  be  indicative  of  our  business  trends. Accordingly,  we  segregate  subcontractor  costs  from  revenue  to  promote  a  better  understanding  of  our 
business by evaluating revenue exclusive of costs associated with external service providers. 
NM = not meaningful 

In fiscal 2023, revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $1.02 billion, or 29.1%, and $915.5 million, 
or 32.3%, respectively, compared to fiscal 2022. Excluding the contribution from RPS, our revenue increased 12.0% in fiscal 
2023 compared to last year. Our GSG segment's revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $338.0 million, or 
18.6%,  and  $299.0  million,  or  22.4%,  respectively,  in  fiscal  2023  compared  to  the  prior  year.  Our  CIG  segment's  revenue 
increased $686.2 million, or 39.5%, and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $616.5 million, or 41.1% in fiscal 2023 
compared to fiscal 2022. Excluding the contribution from RPS, our CIG segment's revenue increased approximately 6.7% in 
fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2022 (9.5% on a constant currency basis).  The fiscal 2023 results for GSG and CIG segments 
are described below under "Government Services Group" and "Commercial/International Services Group", respectively.

The following table reconciles our reported results to non-U.S. GAAP adjusted results, which exclude acquisition and 
integration costs related to the RPS acquisition and related lease impairment charge in fiscal 2023, adjustments to contingent 
consideration liabilities, and a non-operating benefit from Employee Retention Credits ("ERC's") received in fiscal 2022. Our 
adjusted earnings per share ("EPS") for fiscal 2023 also excludes non-operating gains on a foreign exchange contract of $89.4 
million  and  non-recurring  tax  expense  items. The  foreign exchange  gain  is  reported  as "Other  non-operating  income"  in  our 
consolidated statements of income. The effective tax rates applied to the adjustments to EPS to arrive at adjusted EPS average 
26% for both fiscal 2023 and 2022. We applied the relevant marginal statutory tax rate based on the nature of the adjustments 
and  the  tax  jurisdiction  in  which  it  occurred.  Both  EPS  and  adjusted  EPS  were  calculated  using  diluted  weighted-average 
common shares outstanding for the respective periods as reflected in our consolidated statements of income.

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal Year Ended

October 1,
2023

October 2,
2022

Change

$

%

($ in thousands, except per share data)

$ 

358,113  $ 

340,446  $ 

17,667 

5.2%

— 

33,169 

16,385 

12,255 

(6,486)

— 

— 

— 

6,486 

33,169 

16,385 

12,255 

NM

NM

NM

NM

419,922  $ 

333,960  $ 

85,962 

25.7%

5.10  $ 

— 

0.56 

0.22 

0.19 

(1.24)

0.38 

4.86  $ 

(0.08)

— 

— 

— 

(0.28)

— 

0.24 

0.08 

0.56 

0.22 

0.19 

(0.96)

0.38 

0.71 

4.9%

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

15.8%

$ 

5.21  $ 

4.50  $ 

$ 

$ 

Income from operations

Employee retention credits

Acquisition & integration expenses

Right-of-use operating lease asset impairment

Earn-out adjustments

Adjusted income from operations (1)

EPS

Employee retention credits

Acquisition & integration expenses

Right-of-use operating lease asset impairment

Earn-out adjustments

Foreign exchange forward contract gain

Non-recurring tax items

Adjusted EPS (1)

NM = not meaningful 
(1)    Non-U.S. GAAP financial measure 

Operating  income  increased  $17.7  million,  or  5.2%,  in  fiscal  2023  compared  to  last  year.  The  fiscal  2023  results 
include $33.2 million of acquisition and integration expenses (primarily investment banking, legal and other professional fees) 
for the RPS acquisition and a related $16.4  million of right-of-use ("ROU") lease  asset  impairment expense. The fiscal  2023 
results also include losses of $12.3 million, related to changes in the estimated fair value of contingent earn-out liabilities. The 
fiscal  2022 results  include  the  benefit  of  ERC's  totaling  $6.5  million,  which  represents  reimbursement  from  the  U.S.  federal 
government under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the "CARES Act") for the costs that we incurred 
during  fiscal 2020 to address the COVID-19 pandemic. These  amounts  were recognized in fiscal  2022 when the  funds were 
received  due  to  the  uncertainty  related  to  the  computation  of  qualifying  amounts  and  delayed  processing  times  for  our 
application. These amounts were primarily reflected as a reduction to "Other costs of revenue" in our consolidated statement of 
income  and  an  increase  to  "Net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities"  in  our  consolidated  statement  of  cash flows for  fiscal 
2022, consistent with the presentation of the related costs recognized in fiscal 2020. 

Excluding  the  acquisition  and  integration  expenses,  ROU  asset  impairment,  earn-out  losses  and  the  ERC's,  our 
adjusted  operating  income  increased  $86.0  million,  or  25.7%  in  fiscal 2023  compared  to  fiscal  2022. These  increases  reflect 
improved  results  in  both  GSG  and  CIG  segments,  which  are  described  below  under  "Government  Services  Group"  and 
"Commercial/International Group", respectively. 

Our  net  interest  expense  was  $46.5  million  and  $11.6  million  in  fiscal  2023  and  2022,  respectively.  Net  interest 
expense in fiscal 2023 included $2.7 million of additional expense for the write-off of previously deferred debt origination fees 
due to the cancellation of the bridge loan facility that we entered to support our offer to acquire RPS, which was replaced with 
an amendment to our existing debt facility and $1.1 million of additional expense for the write-off of previously deferred debt 
origination fees due to the repayment and cancellation of RPS' debt facilities. Excluding these write-offs, our interest expense 
increased  $31.2  million  in  fiscal  2023  compared  to  last  year  primarily  due  to  the  additional  borrowings  to  fund  the  RPS 
acquisition.

Other  non-operating  income  of  $89.4  million  in  fiscal  2023,  reflect  gains  on  a  foreign  exchange  forward  contract 
integrated  with  the  RPS  acquisition.  Although  an  effective  economic  hedge  of  our  foreign  exchange  risk  related  to  this 
transaction, the forward contract did not qualify for hedge accounting. As a result, the forward contract was marked-to-market 
with changes in fair value recognized in earnings each period. The forward contract was settled on January 23, 2023, together 
with the closing of the RPS acquisition, with a cumulative cash gain of approximately $109 million. 

The  effective  tax  rates  for  fiscal  2023  and  2022  were  31.8%  and  24.5%,  respectively.  Income  tax  expense  in  fiscal 
2023  included  non-operating  income  tax  expenses  totaling  $20.6  million  to  (i)  increase  the  tax  liability  for  uncertain  tax 
positions  related  to  certain  U.S.  tax  credits  and  an  intercompany  financing  transaction,  (ii)  to  recognize  the  tax  liability  for 
foreign earnings, primarily in the U.K. and Australia, that are no longer indefinitely reinvested. In addition, income tax expense 

36 

was  reduced  by  $4.6  million  and  $10.3  million  of  excess  tax  benefits  on  share-based  payments  in  fiscal  2023  and  2022, 
respectively. Excluding the impact of the non-operating tax expenses in fiscal 2023 and the excess tax benefits on share-based 
payments in both years, our effective tax rates in fiscal 2023 and 2022 were 27.8% and 27.5%. 

Our  EPS  was  $5.10  in  fiscal  2023,  compared  to  $4.86  in  fiscal  2022.  Excluding  the  aforementioned  non-operating 
items  (including  the  foreign  exchange  gain  and  the  non-operating  tax  items,  which  are  both  reported  outside  of  operating 
income), our adjusted EPS was $5.21 in fiscal 2023, compared to $4.50 in fiscal 2022, an increase of 15.8%. For fiscal 2023, 
we estimate that  RPS increased our adjusted EPS by $0.07 before intangible amortization, which reduced our EPS by $0.37. 
Excluding RPS, our adjusted EPS was $5.51 in fiscal 2023 representing an increase of 22.4%, compared to fiscal 2022.  

Segment Results of Operations 

Government Services Group ("GSG") 

Revenue

Subcontractor costs

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs

Income from operations

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1,
2023

October 2,
2022

Change

$

%

($ in thousands)

$ 

$ 

$ 

2,158,889  $ 

1,820,868  $  338,021 

18.6%

(523,449)

(484,412)

(39,037)

1,635,440  $ 

1,336,456  $  298,984 

(8.1)

22.4

231,762  $ 

198,448  $ 

33,314 

16.8%

Revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $338.0 million, or 18.6%, and increased $299.0 million, or 
22.4%, respectively, in fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2022. This increase includes approximately $70 million in revenue in the 
second quarter of fiscal 2023 related to a distinct international development funded energy program in Ukraine. In addition, the 
increases reflect higher U.S. state and local government activities related to digital water and U.S. federal programs, partially 
offset by lower disaster response revenue. 

Operating income increased $33.3 million in fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2022. The increase in operating income is 
consistent with the revenue increase noted above. The fiscal 2023 results were reduced by $6.8 million of the aforementioned 
lease impairment charge and the fiscal 2022 results included $4.4 million of the aforementioned ERC's. Our operating margin, 
based  on  revenue,  net  of  subcontractor  costs,  was  14.2%  in  fiscal  2023  compared  to  14.8%  last  year.  Excluding  the  lease 
impairment charge in fiscal 2023 and last year's ERC's, our operating margin increased to 14.6% in fiscal 2023 from 14.5% in 
fiscal 2022. 

Commercial/International Services Group ("CIG") 

Revenue

Subcontractor costs

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs

Income from operations

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1,
2023

October 2,
2022

Change

$

%

($ in thousands)

$ 

$ 

$ 

2,424,649  $ 

1,738,436  $  686,213 

(309,000)

(239,312)

(69,688)

2,115,649  $ 

1,499,124  $  616,525 

39.5%

(29.1)

41.1

243,750  $ 

194,142  $ 

49,608 

25.6%

Revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $686.2 million, or 39.5%, and increased $616.5 million, or 
41.1%, respectively,  in fiscal  2023  compared  to fiscal  2022. The  RPS  acquisition  contributed  approximately $570  million  to 
revenue  growth  in  fiscal  2023.  The  remaining  revenue  growth  in  fiscal  2023  primarily  reflects  increased  activity  on  high 
performance buildings, clean energy and international infrastructure.

Operating  income  increased  $49.6  million  in  fiscal  2023  compared  to  fiscal  2022. The  RPS  acquisition  contributed 
approximately $34 million to operating income in fiscal 2023. Conversely, the fiscal 2023 results were reduced by $8.3 million 
of the aforementioned lease impairment charge. The fiscal 2022 operating income included $1.9 million of the aforementioned 
ERC's. Our operating  margin, based on revenue, net of subcontractor costs, was 11.5% in  fiscal 2023 compared to 13.0%  in 
fiscal  2022. Excluding  the  lease  impairment  and  RPS in fiscal 2023  and the ERC's in fiscal 2022, our operating margin was 

37 

 
 
13.3%  in  fiscal  2023  compared  to  12.8%  in  fiscal  2022. The  improved  operating  margin  was  primarily due  to our  increased 
focus on high-end consulting services, project execution and higher labor utilization. 

Fiscal 2022 Compared to Fiscal 2021 

Consolidated Results of Operations 

Fiscal Year Ended

October 2,
2022

October 3, 
2021

Change

$

%

($ in thousands, except per share data)

Revenue

Subcontractor costs

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs (1)

Other costs of revenue

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Contingent consideration – fair value adjustments

Income from operations

Interest expense – net

Other income

Income before income tax expense

Income tax expense

Net income
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Net income attributable to Tetra Tech

Diluted earnings per share

$ 

$ 

$ 

3,504,048  $ 

3,213,513  $  290,535 

(668,468)

2,835,580 
(2,260,021)

575,559 
(234,784)

(329)

340,446 
(11,584)

19,904 

348,766 
(85,602)

(661,341)

2,552,172 
(2,053,772)

498,400 
(222,972)

3,273 

278,701 
(11,831)

— 

266,870 
(34,039)

263,164 
(39)
263,125  $ 

232,831 
(21)
232,810  $ 

(7,127)

283,408 
(206,249)

77,159 
(11,812)

9.0%

(1.1)

11.1
(10.0)

15.5
(5.3)

(3,602)

(110.1)

61,745 
247 

19,904 

81,896 
(51,563)

30,333 
(18)
30,315 

22.2
2.1

NM

30.7
(151.5)

13.0
(85.7)
13.0

4.86  $ 

4.26  $ 

0.60 

14.1%

(1)        We  believe  that  the  presentation  of  "Revenue,  net  of  subcontractor  costs",  which  is  a  non-U.S.  GAAP  financial  measure,  enhances  investors'  ability  to 
analyze our business trends and performance because it substantially measures the work performed by our employees. In the course of providing services, we 
routinely subcontract various services and, under certain international development programs, issue grants. Generally, these subcontractor costs and grants are 
passed through to our clients and, in accordance with U.S. GAAP and industry practice, are included in our revenue when it is our contractual responsibility to 
procure or manage these activities. Because subcontractor services can vary significantly from project to project and period to period, changes in revenue may 
not  necessarily  be  indicative  of  our  business  trends. Accordingly,  we  segregate  subcontractor  costs  from  revenue  to  promote  a  better  understanding  of  our 
business by evaluating revenue exclusive of costs associated with external service providers.
NM = not meaningful 

In fiscal 2022, revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $290.5 million, or 9.0%, and $283.4 million, 
or 11.1%, respectively, compared to fiscal 2021. Excluding the contributions from acquisitions, which did not have comparable 
revenue in fiscal 2021, our revenue increased 4.1% in fiscal 2022 compared to fiscal 2021.  Our GSG segment's revenue and 
revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $48.0 million, or 2.7%, and $70.7 million, or 5.6%, respectively, in fiscal 2022 
compared to the prior year. Our CIG segment's revenue increased $238.4 million, or 15.9%, and revenue, net of subcontractor 
costs,  increased  $213.3  million,  or  16.6%  in  fiscal  2022  compared  to  fiscal  2021. The fiscal  2022  results  for  GSG  and  CIG 
segments  are  described  below  under  "Government  Services  Group"  and  "Commercial/International  Services  Group", 
respectively. 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table reconciles our reported results to non-U.S. GAAP adjusted results, which exclude a non-operating 
benefit from ERC's received in fiscal 2022 and gains from adjustments to contingent consideration liabilities in fiscal 2021. Our 
adjusted  EPS  for  fiscal  2022  also  excludes  a  non-operating  $19.9  million  unrealized  gain  on  the  aforementioned  foreign 
exchange  contract  that  served  as  an  economic  hedge related  to  our  acquisition  of  RPS. This  gain  is  reported  as  "Other  non-
operating income" in our Consolidated Statement of Income for  fiscal 2022. Our adjusted EPS  for fiscal  2021 also  excludes 
non-recurring tax items. The effective tax rates applied to the adjustments to EPS to arrive at adjusted EPS average 26% and 
25%  for  fiscal  2022  and  2021,  respectively.  We  applied  the  relevant  marginal  statutory  tax  rate  based  on  the  nature  of  the 
adjustments and the tax jurisdiction in which it occurred. Both EPS and adjusted EPS were calculated using diluted weighted-
average common shares outstanding for the respective periods as reflected in our consolidated statements of income.

Fiscal Year Ended

October 2,
2022

October 3, 
2021

Change

$

%

($ in thousands, except per share data)

$ 

340,446  $ 

278,701  $ 

61,745 

22.2%

— 

(6,486)

(3,273)

— 

3,273 

(6,486)

NM

NM

333,960  $ 

275,428  $ 

58,532 

21.3%

4.86  $ 

— 

(0.08)

(0.28)

— 

4.26  $ 

(0.04)

— 

— 

(0.43)

0.60 

0.04 

(0.08)

(0.28)

0.43 

0.71 

14.1%

NM

NM

NM

NM

18.7%

$ 

4.50  $ 

3.79  $ 

$ 

$ 

Income from operations

Earn-out adjustments

Employee Retention Credits

Adjusted income from operations (1)

EPS

Earn-out adjustments

Employee Retention Credits

Other income

Non-recurring tax benefits

Adjusted EPS (1)

NM = not meaningful 
(1)    Non-U.S. GAAP financial measure 

Operating income increased $61.7 million, or 22.2%, in fiscal 2022 compared to fiscal 2021. The fiscal 2022 results 
included the benefit of ERC's totaling $6.5 million. Excluding the ERC's and the contributions from acquisitions, which did not 
have  comparable  results  in  fiscal  2021,  our  adjusted  operating  income  increased  $31.5  million,  or  11.5%  in  fiscal  2022 
compared to fiscal 2021. These increases reflect improved results in both GSG and CIG segments, which are described below 
under "Government Services Group" and "Commercial/International Services Group", respectively. 

Our  net  interest  expense  was  $11.6  million  and  $11.8  million  in  fiscal  2022  and  2021,  respectively.  The  decrease 

primarily reflects lower average year-over-year borrowings, partially offset by higher borrowing rates. 

The effective tax rates for fiscal 2022 and 2021 were 24.5% and 12.8%, respectively. The fiscal 2021 effective tax rate 
reflects a non-recurring net tax benefit of $21.6 million, primarily consisting of a valuation allowance in the United Kingdom 
that  was  released  due  to  sufficient  sustainable  profitability  being  achieved  in  fiscal  2021.  The  valuation  allowance  was 
primarily related to net  operating loss carry-forwards. In fiscal  2021, we repatriated approximately  $80 million from Canada 
and recognized a related tax expense of $5.6 million. Also, income tax expense was reduced by $10.3 million and $12.9 million 
of excess tax benefits on share-based payments in fiscal 2022 and 2021, respectively. Excluding the impact of the fiscal 2021 
valuation allowance benefit, the fiscal 2021 Canadian repatriation and the excess tax benefits on share-based payments in both 
fiscal years, our effective tax rates for fiscal 2022 and 2021 were 27.5% and 25.7%, respectively. 

Our EPS was $4.86 in fiscal 2022, compared to $4.26 in fiscal 2021. Excluding the aforementioned non-operating and 

non-recurring items, our adjusted EPS was $4.50 in fiscal 2022, compared to $3.79 the prior year, an increase of 18.7%.

39 

Segment Results of Operations  

Government Services Group ("GSG") 

Revenue

Subcontractor costs

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs

Income from operations

Fiscal Year Ended

October 2,
2022

October 3, 
2021

Change

$

%

($ in thousands)

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,820,868  $ 

1,772,905  $ 

47,963 

2.7%

(484,412)

(507,132)

22,720 

1,336,456  $ 

1,265,773  $ 

70,683 

4.5

5.6

198,448  $ 

174,755  $ 

23,693 

13.6%

Revenue  and  revenue,  net  of  subcontractor  costs,  increased  $48.0  million,  or  2.7%,  and increased  $70.7  million,  or 
5.6%,  respectively,  in  fiscal  2022  compared  to  fiscal  2021.  The  increases  primarily  reflect  higher  U.S.  state  and  local 
government activities related to water and environmental programs and disaster response projects. 

Operating income increased $23.7 million in fiscal 2022 compared to fiscal 2021. The fiscal 2022 results included $4.4 
million of the  aforementioned ERC's. Excluding this benefit, operating income increased 11.0% in fiscal  2022 compared the 
previous year. Our operating margin, based on revenue, net of subcontractor costs, improved to 14.8% in fiscal 2022 compared 
to 13.8% in fiscal 2021. Excluding the ERC's, our operating margin was 14.5% in fiscal 2022. The improved operating margin 
in fiscal 2022 was primarily due to our increased focus on high-end consulting services, including digital water, and improved 
labor utilization. 

Commercial/International Services Group ("CIG") 

Revenue

Subcontractor costs

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs

Income from operations

Fiscal Year Ended

October 2,
2022

October 3, 
2021

Change

$

%

($ in thousands)

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,738,436  $ 

1,500,074  $  238,362 

(239,312)

(214,263)

(25,049)

1,499,124  $ 

1,285,811  $  213,313 

15.9%

(11.7)

16.6

194,142  $ 

152,262  $ 

41,880 

27.5%

Revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $238.4 million, or 15.9%, and increased $213.3 million, or 
16.6%,  respectively,  in  fiscal  2022  compared  to  fiscal  2021.  The  revenue  growth  primarily  reflects  increased  activity  on 
commercial environmental programs, including meeting net zero carbon goals and high performance buildings. These increases 
were  also  due  to  the  international  government  stimulus  spending  on  infrastructure.  Additionally,  the  fiscal  2022  revenue 
included contributions from acquisitions, which did not have comparable revenue in fiscal 2021. 

Operating income increased $41.9 million in fiscal 2022 compared to fiscal 2021. The fiscal 2022 operating income  
included $1.9 million of the aforementioned ERC's. Excluding this benefit, operating income  increased 26.2% in fiscal  2022 
compared the prior fiscal year. Our operating margin, based on revenue, net of subcontractor costs, improved to 13.0% in fiscal 
2022 compared to 11.8% in fiscal 2021. Excluding the ERC's, our operating margin was 12.8% for fiscal 2022. The improved 
operating  margin  was  primarily  due  to  our  increased  focus  on  high-end  consulting  services,  project  execution  and  labor 
utilization.  

Remediation and Construction Management ("RCM") 

RCM's projects were substantially complete at the end of fiscal 2018. In May 2022, we received a cash settlement for 
the last $11 million RCM claim. This settlement resulted in an immaterial gain in the third quarter of fiscal 2022. There were no 
significant operating activities in RCM for fiscal 2022 and 2021.  

FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

Capital Requirements. As  of October 1, 2023, we had $168.8 million of cash and cash equivalents and  access to an 
additional $800 million of borrowing available under our credit facility. We generated $368.5 million of cash from operations in 

40 

 
fiscal  2023.  Our primary  sources  of  liquidity  are  cash  flows  from  operations  and  borrowings  under  our  credit  facilities.  Our 
primary uses of cash are to fund working capital, cash dividends, capital expenditures and repayment of debt, as well as to fund 
acquisitions and earn-out obligations from prior acquisitions. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, operating 
cash  flows  and  borrowing  capacity  under our  credit  agreement  as  amended  for  the  RPS  acquisition  in  the  second  quarter  of 
fiscal 2023, as described below, will be sufficient to meet our capital requirements for at least the next 12 months.  

On  October  5,  2021,  our  Board  of  Directors  authorized  a  new  stock  repurchase  program  under  which  we  could 
repurchase up to $400 million of our common stock. In fiscal 2023, we did not repurchase any shares of our common stock. At 
fiscal 2023 year-end, we had a remaining balance of $347.8 million under our stock repurchase program. We declared and paid 
common  stock  dividends  totaling  $52.1  million,  or  $0.98  per  share,  in  fiscal  2023  compared  to  $46.1  million,  or  $0.86  per 
share, in fiscal 2022. 

Subsequent Events.  On November 13, 2023, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.26 per 

share payable on December 13, 2023 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on November 30, 2023.

Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents.  As  of  October 1,  2023,  cash  and  cash  equivalents  were  $168.8  million,  a  decrease  of 

$16.3 million compared to the fiscal 2022 year-end. 

Operating  Activities.    Cash  provided  by  operating  activities  increased  9.6%  from  $336.2  million  in  fiscal  2022  to 
$368.5 million in fiscal 2023. The increase primarily reflects improved working capital, partially offset by approximately $37.0 
million of additional payments made in fiscal 2023 for the RPS acquisition, primarily related to the acquisition and integration 
costs.  

Investing  Activities.    Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  was  $771.2  million  in  fiscal  2023,  an  increase  of  $715.5 

million compared to fiscal 2022. The increase was primarily due to the RPS acquisition in the second quarter of fiscal 2023. 

Financing Activities.  In fiscal 2023, net cash provided by financing activities was $382.4 million compared to net cash 
used  in  financing  activities  of  $249.6  million  in  fiscal  2022.  The  financing  activities  in  fiscal  2023  primarily  consisted  of 
additional borrowings to fund the RPS acquisition. 

Debt Financing.  On October 26, 2022, we entered into a Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement that provides 
for an additional $500 million senior secured term loan facility (the "New Term Loan Facility") increasing our total borrowing 
capacity to $1.55 billion. On January 23, 2023, we drew the entire amount of the New Term Loan Facility to partially finance 
the RPS acquisition. The New Term Loan Facility is not subject to any amortization payments of principal and matures on the 
third anniversary of the RPS acquisition closing date.  

On  February  18,  2022,  we  entered  into Amendment  No.  2 to  our  Second Amended  and  Restated  Credit Agreement 
(“Amended  Credit  Agreement”)  with  a  total  borrowing  capacity  of  $1.05  billion  that  will  mature  in  February  2027.  The 
Amended  Credit  Agreement  is  a  $750  million  senior  secured,  five-year  facility  that  provides  for  a  $250  million  term  loan 
facility  (the  “Amended  Term  Loan  Facility”)  and  a  $500  million  revolving  credit  facility  (the  “Amended  Revolving  Credit 
Facility”). In addition, the Amended Credit Agreement includes a $300 million accordion feature that allows us to increase the 
Amended Credit Agreement to $1.05 billion subject to lender approval. The Amended Credit Agreement provides for, among 
other  things,  (i)  refinance  indebtedness  under  our  Credit  Agreement  dated  as  of  July  30,  2018;  (ii)  finance  open  market 
repurchases  of  common  stock,  acquisitions  and  cash  dividends  and  distributions;  and  (iii)  utilize  the  proceeds  for  working 
capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. The Amended Credit Agreement provides for a reduction in 
the interest grid for meeting certain sustainability targets related to the (i) reduction of greenhouse gas emissions through the 
Company’s  projects  and  operational  sustainability  initiatives  and  (ii)  improvement  of  peoples’  lives  as  a  result  of  the 
Company’s  projects  that  provide  environmental,  social  and  governance  benefits.  The  Amended  Revolving  Credit  Facility 
includes a $100 million sublimit for the issuance of standby letters of credit, a $20 million sublimit for swingline loans and a 
$300 million sublimit for multicurrency borrowings and letters of credit. 

The entire Amended Term Loan Facility was drawn on February 18, 2022. We may borrow on the Amended Revolving 
Credit Facility, at our option, at either (a) a benchmark rate plus a margin that ranges from 1.000% to 1.875% per annum, or (b) 
a base rate for loans in U.S. dollars (the highest of the U.S. federal funds rate plus 0.50% per annum, the bank’s prime rate or 
the Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR") rate plus 1.00%, plus a margin that ranges from 0% to 0.875% per annum. In 
each case, the applicable margin is based on our Consolidated Leverage Ratio, calculated quarterly. The Amended Term Loan 
Facility is subject to the same interest rate provisions. The Amended Credit Agreement expires on February 18, 2027, or earlier 
at our discretion upon payment in full of loans and other obligations. 

On August  22,  2023,  we  issued  $575.0  million  in  convertible  notes  that  bear  interest  at  2.25%  per  annum  payable 
semiannually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, beginning on February 15, 2024 with a maturity date of 
August 15, 2028  (the "Convertible  Notes"). As of October 1, 2023,  $560.8 million of  the Convertible  Notes  was included  in 
long-term debt  in  our consolidated  balance sheets,  which  is net of $14.2 million of unamortized debt issuance costs. The  net 
proceeds from the  Convertible  Notes were $560.5 million,  $51.8 million of which were used to purchase  related capped call 
transactions on the issue date. The remaining proceeds were used to prepay and terminate the $234.4 million outstanding under 
the Amended  Term  Loan  Facility,  to  prepay  $89.4  million  outstanding  under  the  New  Term  Loan  Facility  and  to  pay  down 

41 

borrowings of $185.0 million under the Amended Revolving Credit Facility. See Note 9, "Long-Term Debt" of the "Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements" in Item 8 for further discussion). 

 At fiscal 2023 year-end, we had $320 million in outstanding borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement, which 
was all under the New Term Loan Facility, and no borrowings under the Amended Revolving Credit Facility. The weighted-
average interest rate of the outstanding borrowings during fiscal 2023 was 5.71%. In addition, we had $0.7 million in standby 
letters  of  credit  under  the  Amended  Credit  Agreement.  Our  year-to-date  weighted-average  interest  rate  on  borrowings 
outstanding  during  fiscal  2023  under  the Amended  Credit Agreement,  including  the  effects  of  interest  rate  swap  agreements 
described  in  Note  14,  “Derivative  Financial  Instruments”  of  the  "Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements"  included  in 
Item 8,  was  5.37%.  At  October 1,  2023,  we  had  $499.3  million  of  available  credit  under  the  Amended  Revolving  Credit 
Facility, all of which could be borrowed without a violation of our debt covenants. Commitment fees related to our revolving 
credit facilities were $0.6 million for fiscal year 2023 and $0.7 million each year for fiscal 2022 and 2021, respectively. 

The  Amended  Credit  Agreement  contains  certain  affirmative  and  restrictive  covenants,  and  customary  events  of 
default.  The  financial  covenants  provide  for  a  maximum  Consolidated  Leverage  Ratio  of  3.25  to  1.00  (total  funded 
debt/EBITDA, as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) and a minimum Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of 3.00 to 
1.00  (EBITDA/Consolidated  Interest  Charges,  as  defined  in  the  Amended  Credit  Agreement).  Our  obligations  under  the 
Amended Credit Agreement are guaranteed by certain of our domestic subsidiaries and are secured by first priority liens on (i) 
the  equity  interests  of  certain  of  our  subsidiaries,  including  those  subsidiaries  that  are  guarantors  or  borrowers  under  the 
Amended  Credit Agreement,  and  (ii)  the  accounts  receivable,  general  intangibles  and  intercompany  loans,  and  those  of  our 
subsidiaries  that  are  guarantors  or  borrowers.  At  October 1,  2023,  we  were  in  compliance  with  these  covenants  with  a 
consolidated leverage ratio of 1.79x and a consolidated interest coverage ratio of 9.84x.  

In addition to the Amended Credit Agreement, we maintain other credit facilities, which may be used for short-term 
cash advances and bank guarantees. At October 1, 2023, there were no outstanding borrowings under these facilities, and the 
aggregate amount of standby letters of credit outstanding was $54.9 million. As of October 1, 2023, we had no bank overdrafts 
related to our disbursement bank accounts.  

Inflation.  We believe our operations have not been, and, in the foreseeable future, are not expected to be, materially 
adversely affected by inflation or changing prices due to the average duration of our projects and our ability to negotiate prices 
as contracts end and new contracts begin.

Dividends.  Our Board of Directors has authorized the following dividends:

November 7, 2022

January 30, 2023

May 8, 2023

August 7, 2023

November 13, 2023

Income Taxes 

Dividend 
Per Share

Record Date

Total Maximum
Payment 
(in thousands)

Payment Date

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

0.23  November 21, 2022

0.23 

0.26 

0.26 

February 13, 2023

May 24, 2023

August 23, 2023

0.26  November 30, 2023

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

12,186 

December 9, 2022

12,242 

February 24, 2023

13,840 

June 6, 2023

13,845 

September 6, 2023

N/A December 13, 2023

We evaluate the realizability of our deferred tax assets by assessing the valuation allowance and adjust the allowance, 
if necessary. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization are our forecast of future taxable income and available tax 
planning  strategies  that  could  be  implemented  to  realize  the  net  deferred  tax  assets.  The  ability  or  failure  to  achieve  the 
forecasted  taxable  income  in  the  applicable  taxing  jurisdictions  could  affect  the  ultimate  realization  of  deferred  tax  assets. 
Based on future operating results in certain jurisdictions, it is unlikely that the current valuation allowance positions of those 
jurisdictions could be adjusted in the next 12 months. 

At  the  end of fiscal 2023 and 2022,  the  liability for income taxes associated with uncertain tax positions  was $62.0 

million and $10.6 million, respectively.  

It is reasonably possible that the amount of the unrecognized benefit with respect to certain of our unrecognized tax 
positions  may  not  significantly  decrease  within  the  next  12  months.  These  liabilities  represent  our  current  estimates  of  the 
additional tax liabilities that we may be assessed when the related audits are concluded. If these audits are resolved in a manner 
more  unfavorable  than  our  current  expectations,  our  additional  tax  liabilities  could  be  materially  higher  than  the  amounts 
currently recorded resulting in additional tax expense.

42 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

In the ordinary course of business, we may use off-balance sheet arrangements if we believe that such arrangements 
would be an efficient way to lower our cost of capital or help us manage the overall risks of our business operations. We do not 
believe that such arrangements have had a material adverse effect on our financial position or our results of operations. 

The following is a summary of our off-balance sheet arrangements: 

•

•

• 

Letters of credit and bank guarantees are used primarily to support project performance and insurance programs. 
We  are  required  to  reimburse  the  issuers  of  letters  of  credit  and  bank  guarantees  for  any  payments  they  make 
under the outstanding letters of credit or bank guarantees. Our Amended Credit Agreement and additional letter of 
credit  facilities  cover  the  issuance  of  our  standby  letters  of  credit  and  bank  guarantees  and  are  critical  for  our 
normal operations. If we default on the Amended Credit Agreement or additional credit facilities, our inability to 
issue  or  renew  standby  letters  of  credit  and  bank  guarantees  would  impair  our  ability  to  maintain  normal 
operations.  At  fiscal  2023  year-end,  we  had  $0.7  million  in  standby  letters  of  credit  outstanding  under  our 
Amended Credit Agreement and $54.9 million in standby letters of credit outstanding under our additional letter 
of credit facilities. 

From  time  to  time,  we  provide  guarantees  and  indemnifications  related  to  our  services.  If  our  services  under  a 
guaranteed  or  indemnified  project  are  later  determined  to  have  resulted  in  a  material  defect  or  other  material 
deficiency,  then  we  may  be  responsible  for  monetary  damages  or  other  legal  remedies.  When  sufficient 
information about claims on guaranteed or indemnified projects is available and monetary damages or other costs 
or losses are determined to be probable, we recognize such guaranteed losses. 

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into various agreements as part of certain unconsolidated subsidiaries, 
joint ventures and other jointly executed contracts where we are jointly and severally liable. We enter into these 
agreements  primarily  to  support  the  project  execution  commitments  of  these  entities.  The  potential  payment 
amount of an outstanding performance guarantee is typically the remaining cost of work to be performed by or on 
behalf of third parties under engineering and construction contracts. However, we are not able to estimate other 
amounts that may be required to be paid in excess of estimated costs to complete contracts and, accordingly, the 
total potential payment amount under our outstanding performance guarantees cannot be estimated. For cost-plus 
contracts, amounts that may become payable pursuant to guarantee provisions are normally recoverable from the 
client  for  work performed  under  the  contract.  For  lump  sum  or fixed-price  contracts,  this  amount  is  the  cost  to 
complete  the  contracted  work  less  amounts  remaining  to  be  billed  to  the  client  under  the  contract.  Remaining 
billable  amounts  could  be  greater  or  less  than  the  cost  to  complete.  In  those  cases  where  costs  exceed  the 
remaining  amounts  payable  under  the  contract,  we  may  have  recourse  to  third  parties,  such  as  owners,  co-
venturers, subcontractors or vendors, for claims.

•

In the ordinary course of business, our clients may request that we obtain surety bonds in connection with contract 
performance obligations that are not required to be recorded in our consolidated balance sheets. We are obligated 
to reimburse the issuer of our surety bonds for any payments made thereunder. Each of our commitments under 
performance bonds generally ends concurrently with the expiration of our related contractual obligation. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES 

The  preparation  of  our  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  U.S.  GAAP  requires  us  to  make  estimates  and 
assumptions  in  the  application  of  certain  accounting  policies  that  affect  amounts  reported  in  our  consolidated  financial 
statements  and  accompanying footnotes included in Item 8 of this report. In  order to understand  better the  changes that may 
occur to our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, readers should be aware of the critical accounting policies 
we apply and estimates we use in preparing our consolidated financial statements. Although such estimates and assumptions are 
based on management's best knowledge of current events and actions we may undertake in the future, actual results could differ 
materially from those estimates. 

Our  significant  accounting  policies  are  described  in  the  "Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements"  included  in 
Item 8. Highlighted below are  the accounting policies that  management considers most critical to  investors' understanding of 
our financial results and condition, and that require complex judgments by management. 

Revenue Recognition and Contract Costs 

To  determine  the  proper  revenue  recognition  method  for  contracts  under  ASC  606,  we  evaluate  whether  multiple 
contracts  should  be  combined  and  accounted  for  as  a  single  contract  and  whether  the  combined  or  single  contract  should  be 
accounted  for  as  having  more  than  one  performance  obligation.  The  decision  to  combine  a  group  of  contracts  or  separate  a 
combined  or  single  contract  into  multiple  performance  obligations  may  impact  the  amount  of  revenue  recorded  in  a  given 
period.  Contracts  are  considered  to  have  a  single  performance  obligation  if  the  promises  are  not  separately  identifiable  from 
other promises in the contracts. 

43 

At contract inception, we assess the goods or services promised in a contract and identify, as a separate performance 
obligation, each distinct promise to transfer goods or services to the customer. The identified performance obligations represent 
the  “units  of  account”  for  purposes  of  determining  revenue  recognition.  In  order  to  properly  identify  separate  performance 
obligations, we apply judgment in determining whether each good or service provided is: (a) capable of being distinct, whereby 
the customer can benefit from the good or service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to 
the customer, and (b) distinct within the context of the contract, whereby the transfer of the good or service to the customer is 
separately identifiable from other promises in the contract.  

Contracts are often modified to account for changes in contract specifications and requirements. We consider contract 
modifications to exist when the modification either creates new or changes the existing enforceable rights and obligations. Most 
of  our  contract  modifications  are  for  goods  or  services  that  are  not  distinct  from  existing  contracts  due  to  the  significant 
integration provided or significant interdependencies in the context of the contract and are accounted for as if they were part of 
the  original  contract.  The  effect  of  a  contract  modification  on  the  transaction  price  and  our  measure  of  progress  for  the 
performance obligation to which it relates, is recognized as an adjustment to revenue (either as an increase in or a reduction of 
revenue) on a cumulative catch-up basis.  

We account for contract modifications as a separate contract when the modification results in the promise to deliver 
additional goods or services that are distinct and the increase in price of the contract is for the same amount as the stand-alone 
selling price of the additional goods or services included in the modification. 

The  transaction  price  represents  the  amount  of  consideration  to  which  we  expect  to  be  entitled  in  exchange  for 
transferring  promised  goods  or  services  to  our  customers.  The  consideration  promised  within  a  contract  may  include  fixed 
amounts, variable amounts or both. The nature of our contracts gives rise to several types of variable consideration, including 
claims, award fee incentives, fiscal funding clauses and liquidated damages. We recognize revenue for variable consideration 
when it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized for the contract will not occur. 
We estimate the amount of revenue to be recognized on variable consideration using either the expected value or the most likely 
amount method, whichever is expected to better predict the amount of consideration to be received. Project mobilization costs 
are  generally  charged  to  project  costs  as  incurred  when  they  are  an  integrated  part  of  the  performance  obligation  being 
transferred to the client. 

For contracts with multiple performance obligations, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation 
using a best estimate of the standalone selling price of each distinct good or service in the contract. The standalone selling price 
is  typically  determined  using  the  estimated  cost  of  the  contract  plus  a  margin  approach.  For  contracts  containing  variable 
consideration,  we  allocate  the  variability  to  a  specific  performance  obligation  within  the  contract  if  such  variability  relates 
specifically to our efforts to satisfy the performance obligation or transfer the distinct good or service, and the allocation depicts 
the amount of consideration to which we expect to be entitled.  

We recognize revenue over time as the related performance obligation is satisfied by transferring control of a promised 
good or service to our customers. Progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation is primarily measured 
using a cost-to-cost measure of progress method. The cost input is based primarily on contract cost incurred to date compared to 
total estimated contract cost. This measure includes forecasts based on the best information available and reflects our judgment 
to  faithfully  depict  the  value  of  the  services  transferred  to  the  customer.  For  certain  on-call  engineering  or  consulting  and 
similar  contracts,  we  recognize  revenue  in  the  amount  which  we  have  the  right  to  invoice  the  customer  if  that  amount 
corresponds directly with the value of our performance completed to date.  

Due to uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, it is possible that estimates of costs to complete a performance 
obligation will be revised in the near-term. For those performance obligations for which revenue is recognized using a cost-to-
cost  measure  of  progress  method,  changes  in  total  estimated  costs,  and  related progress  towards  complete  satisfaction  of  the 
performance obligation, are recognized on a cumulative catch-up basis in the period in which the revisions to the estimates are 
made. When the current estimate of total costs indicates a loss, a provision for the entire estimated loss on the contract is made 
in the period in which the loss becomes evident.  

Contract Types 

Our  services  are  performed  under  three  principal  types  of  contracts:  fixed-price,  time-and-materials  and  cost-plus. 

Customer payments on contracts are typically due within 60 days of billing, depending on the contract. 

Fixed-Price. Under fixed-price contracts, clients pay us an agreed fixed-amount negotiated in advance for a specified 

scope of work. 

Time-and-Materials. Under time-and-materials contracts, we negotiate hourly billing rates and charge our clients based 
on the actual time that we spend on a project. In addition, clients reimburse us for our actual out-of-pocket costs for materials 
and other direct incidental expenditures that we incur in connection with our performance under the contract. Most of our time-
and-material contracts are subject to maximum contract values, and also may include annual billing rate adjustment provisions.

44 

Cost-Plus.  Under  cost-plus  contracts,  we  are  reimbursed  for  allowed  or  otherwise  defined  costs  incurred  plus  a 
negotiated  fee.  The  contracts  may  also  include  incentives  for  various  performance  criteria,  including  quality,  timeliness, 
ingenuity, safety and cost-effectiveness. In addition, our costs are generally subject to review by our clients and regulatory audit 
agencies, and such reviews could result in costs being disputed as non-reimbursable under the terms of the contract. 

Goodwill and Intangibles 

The cost of an acquired company is assigned to the tangible and intangible assets purchased and the liabilities assumed 
on  the  basis  of  their  fair  values  at  the  date  of  acquisition. The  determination  of  fair  values  of  assets  and  liabilities  acquired 
requires  us  to  make  estimates  and  use  valuation  techniques  when  a  market  value  is  not  readily  available.  Any  excess  of 
purchase  price  over  the  fair  value  of  net  tangible  and  intangible  assets  acquired  is  allocated  to  goodwill.  Goodwill  typically 
represents the value paid for the assembled workforce and enhancement of our service offerings. 

Identifiable intangible assets primarily include backlog, client relations and trade names. The costs of these intangible 
assets  are  amortized  over  their  contractual  or  economic  lives,  which  range  from  one  to  twelve  years.  We  assess  the 
recoverability of the unamortized balance of our intangible assets when indicators of impairment are present based on expected 
future  profitability and  undiscounted expected cash flows and their contribution  to our overall operations. Should the review 
indicate that the carrying value is not fully recoverable, the  excess of the  carrying value  over the fair value of  the  intangible 
assets would be recognized as an impairment loss. 

Estimated fair value measurements for intangible assets are made using Level 3 inputs including discounted cash flow 
techniques.  Fair  value  is  estimated  using  a  multi-period  excess  earnings  method  for backlog  and  client  relations  and  a  relief 
from royalty method for trade names. The significant assumptions used in estimating fair value of backlog and client relations 
include (i) the estimated life the asset will contribute to cash flows, such as remaining contractual terms, (ii) revenue growth 
rates and EBITDA margins, (iii) attrition rate  of customers, and (iv) the estimated discount rates that reflect the level of risk 
associated with receiving future cash flows. The significant assumptions used in estimating fair value of trade names include 
the royalty rates and discount rates. 

We  perform  our  annual  goodwill  impairment  review  at  the  beginning  of  our  fiscal  fourth  quarter.  In  addition,  we 
regularly  evaluate  whether  events  and  circumstances  have occurred  that  may  indicate  a potential  change  in  recoverability  of 
goodwill. We  perform  interim  goodwill  impairment  reviews  between  our  annual  reviews  if  certain  events  and  circumstances 
have  occurred,  including  a  deterioration  in  general  economic  conditions,  an  increased  competitive  environment,  a  change  in 
management, key personnel, strategy or customers, negative or declining cash flows or a decline in actual or planned revenue or 
earnings compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior periods (see Note 6, "Goodwill and Intangible Assets" of 
the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" in Item 8 for further discussion).

We  believe  the  methodology that  we  use  to  review  impairment  of goodwill,  which  includes  a  significant  amount  of 
judgment and estimates, provides us with a reasonable basis to determine whether impairment has occurred. However, many of 
the factors employed in determining whether our goodwill is impaired are outside of our control, and it is reasonably likely that 
assumptions and estimates will change in future periods. These changes could result in future impairments. 

The goodwill impairment review involves the determination of the fair value of our reporting units, which for us are 
the components one level below our reportable segments. This process requires us to make significant judgments and estimates, 
including assumptions about our strategic plans with regard to our operations as well as the interpretation of current economic 
indicators and market valuations. Furthermore, the development of the present value of future cash flow projections includes 
assumptions  and  estimates  derived  from  a  review  of  our  expected  revenue  growth  rates,  operating  profit  margins,  business 
plans,  discount  rates  and  terminal  growth  rates.  We  also  make  certain  assumptions  about  future  market  conditions,  market 
prices,  interest  rates  and  changes  in  business  strategies.  Changes  in  assumptions  or  estimates  could  materially  affect  the 
determination  of  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit.  This  could  eliminate  the  excess  of  fair  value  over  carrying  value  of  a 
reporting unit entirely and, in some cases, result in impairment. Such changes in assumptions could be caused by a loss of one 
or  more  significant  contracts,  reductions  in  government  or  commercial  client  spending  or  a  decline  in  the  demand  for  our 
services  due  to  changing  economic  conditions.  In  the  event  that  we  determine  that  our  goodwill  is  impaired,  we  would  be 
required  to  record  a  non-cash  charge  that  could  result  in  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of  operations  or  financial 
position. 

We  use two methods to  determine the  fair value of our reporting units: (i) the  Income Approach and (ii) the Market 
Approach. While  each of  these  approaches  is  initially  considered  in  the valuation of  the  business  enterprises,  the  nature  and 
characteristics of the reporting units indicate which approach is most applicable. The Income Approach utilizes the discounted 
cash  flow  method,  which  focuses  on  the  expected  cash  flow  of  the  reporting  unit.  In  applying  this  approach,  the  cash  flow 
available for distribution is calculated for a finite period of years. Cash flow available for distribution is defined, for purposes of 
this  analysis,  as  the  amount  of  cash  that  could  be  distributed  as  a  dividend  without  impairing  the  future  profitability  or 
operations of the reporting unit. The cash flow available for distribution and the terminal value (the value of the reporting unit 
at  the  end  of  the  estimation  period)  are  then  discounted  to present  value  to derive  an  indication  of  the value of  the  business 

45 

enterprise.  The  Market  Approach  is  comprised  of  the  guideline  company  method  and  the  similar  transactions  method.  The 
guideline company method focuses on comparing the reporting unit to select reasonably similar (or "guideline") publicly traded 
companies.  Under  this  method,  valuation  multiples  are  (i) derived  from  the  operating  data  of  selected  guideline  companies; 
(ii) evaluated  and  adjusted  based  on  the  strengths  and  weaknesses  of  the  reporting  units  relative  to  the  selected  guideline 
companies;  and  (iii) applied  to  the  operating  data  of  the  reporting  unit  to  arrive  at  an  indication  of  value.  In  the  similar 
transactions  method,  consideration  is  given  to  prices  paid  in  recent  transactions  that  have  occurred  in  the  reporting  unit's 
industry  or  in  related  industries.  For  our  annual  impairment  analysis,  we  weighted  the  Income  Approach  and  the  Market 
Approach  at  70%  and  30%,  respectively.  The  Income  Approach  was  given  a  higher  weight  because  it  has  the  most  direct 
correlation to the specific economics of the reporting unit, as compared to the Market Approach, which is based on multiples of 
broad-based (i.e., less comparable) companies. Our last review at July 3, 2023 (i.e., the first day of our fourth quarter in fiscal 
2023), indicated that we had no impairment of goodwill, and all of our reporting units had estimated fair values that were in 
excess of their carrying values, including goodwill. We had no reporting units that had estimated fair values that exceeded their 
carrying values by less than 45%. 

Contingent Consideration

Certain  of  our  acquisition  agreements  include  contingent  earn-out  arrangements,  which  are  generally  based  on  the 
achievement of future operating income thresholds. The contingent earn-out arrangements are based upon our valuations of the 
acquired companies and reduce the risk of overpaying for acquisitions if the projected financial results are not achieved. 

The fair values of these earn-out arrangements are included as part of the purchase price of the acquired companies on 
their respective acquisition dates. For each transaction, we estimate the fair value of contingent earn-out payments as part of the 
initial purchase price and record the estimated fair value of contingent consideration as a liability in "Estimated contingent earn-
out  liabilities"  and  "Long-term  estimated  contingent  earn-out  liabilities"  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.  We  consider 
several  factors  when  determining  that  contingent  earn-out  liabilities  are  part  of  the  purchase  price,  including  the  following: 
(1) the  valuation  of  our  acquisitions  is  not  supported  solely  by  the  initial  consideration  paid,  and  the  contingent  earn-out 
formula is a  critical and material component of the valuation approach to determining the purchase price;  and (2) the former 
shareholders  of  acquired  companies  that  remain  as  key  employees  receive  compensation  other  than  contingent  earn-out 
payments at a reasonable level compared with the compensation of our other key employees. The contingent earn-out payments 
are not affected by employment termination. 

We measure our contingent earn-out liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs 
classified  within  Level 3  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy  (See  Note 2,  "Basis  of  Presentation  and  Preparation  –  Fair  Value  of 
Financial Instruments" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8). We use a probability weighted 
discounted income approach as a valuation technique to convert future estimated cash flows to a single present value amount. 
The  significant  unobservable  inputs  used  in  the  fair  value  measurements  are  operating  income  projections  over  the  earn-out 
period (generally two or three years), and the probability outcome percentages we assign to each scenario. Significant increases 
or decreases to either of these inputs in isolation would result in a significantly higher or lower liability with a higher liability 
capped  by  the  contractual  maximum  of  the  contingent  earn-out  obligation.  Ultimately,  the  liability  will  be  equivalent  to  the 
amount paid, and the difference between the fair value estimate and amount paid will be recorded in earnings. The amount paid 
that  is  less  than  or  equal  to  the  liability  on  the  acquisition  date  is  reflected  as  cash  used  in  financing  activities  in  our 
consolidated statements of  cash flows. Any amount paid in excess of the  liability on the acquisition date is reflected as cash 
used in operating activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows. 

We review and re-assess the estimated fair value of contingent consideration on a quarterly basis, and the updated fair 
value could differ materially from the initial estimates. Changes in the estimated fair value of our contingent earn-out liabilities 
related to the time component of the present value calculation are reported in interest expense. Adjustments to the estimated fair 
value related to changes in all other unobservable inputs are reported in operating income. 

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 

For a discussion of recent accounting standards and the effect they could have on the consolidated financial statements, 

see Note 2, "Basis of Presentation and Preparation" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8. 

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

We  do  not  enter  into  derivative  financial  instruments  for  trading  or  speculation  purposes.  In  the  normal  course  of 
business, we have exposure to both interest rate risk and foreign currency transaction and translation risk, primarily related to 
the Canadian and Australian dollars, the Euro, and the British Pound.  

46 

We are exposed to interest rate risk under our Amended Credit Agreement. We can borrow, at our option, under both 
the Amended Term Loan Facility and Amended Revolving Credit Facility. We may borrow on the Amended Revolving Credit 
Facility, at our option, at either (a) a Eurocurrency rate plus a margin that ranges from 1.000% to 1.875% per annum, or (b) a 
base rate for loans in U.S. dollars (the highest of the U.S. federal funds rate plus 0.50% per annum, the bank’s prime rate or the 
SOFR rate plus 1.00%) plus a margin that ranges from 0% to 0.875% per annum. In each case, the applicable margin is based 
on our Consolidated Leverage Ratio, calculated quarterly. The Amended Term Loan Facility is subject to the same interest rate 
provisions.  Borrowings  at  the  base  rate  have  no  designated  term  and  may  be  repaid  without  penalty  any  time  prior  to  the 
Facility’s maturity date. Borrowings at a SOFR rate have a term no less than 30 days and no greater than 180 days and may be 
prepaid without penalty. Typically, at the end of such term, such borrowings may be rolled over at our discretion into either a 
borrowing at the base rate or a borrowing at a SOFR rate with similar terms, not to exceed the maturity date of the Facility. The 
Facility matures on February 18, 2027. At October 1, 2023, we had $320 million in outstanding borrowings under the Amended 
Credit Agreement, which was all under the New Term Loan Facility, and no borrowings under the Amended Revolving Credit 
Facility. The year-to-date weighted-average interest rate of the outstanding borrowings during fiscal 2023 was 5.71%. 

In August 2018, we entered into five interest rate swap agreements with five banks to fix the variable interest rate on 
$250 million of our Amended Term Loan Facility. The objective of these interest rate swaps was to eliminate the variability of 
our cash flows on the amount of interest expense we pay under our Credit Agreement. The five swaps expired on July 31, 2023. 
Our year-to-date average effective interest rate on borrowings outstanding under the Credit Agreement, including the effects of 
interest  rate  swap  agreements,  at  October 1,  2023,  was  5.37%.  For  more  information,  see  Note  14,  “Derivative  Financial 
Instruments” of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8.  

The  majority  of  our  transactions  are  in  U.S.  dollars;  however,  some  of  our  subsidiaries  conduct  business  in  foreign 
currencies, primarily the Canadian and Australian dollars, the Euro, and British Pound. Therefore, we are subject to currency 
exposure  and  volatility  because  of  currency  fluctuations.  We  attempt  to  minimize  our  exposure  to  these  fluctuations  by 
matching revenue and expenses in the same currency for our contracts. We reported $0.1 million of foreign currency gains in 
fiscal 2023 and $0.2 million of foreign currency losses in fiscal 2022 in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” on our 
consolidated statements of income.  

We  have  foreign  currency  exchange  rate  exposure  in  our  results  of  operations  and  equity  primarily  because  of  the 
currency  translation  related  to  our  foreign  subsidiaries  where  the  local  currency  is  the  functional  currency. To  the  extent  the 
U.S. dollar strengthens against foreign currencies, the translation of these foreign currency denominated transactions will result 
in reduced revenue, operating expenses, assets and liabilities. Similarly, our revenue, operating expenses, assets and liabilities 
will  increase  if  the  U.S.  dollar  weakens  against  foreign  currencies.  For  fiscal  2023  and  2022,  36.7%  and  31.0%  of  our 
consolidated revenue, respectively, was generated by our international business. For fiscal 2023, the effect of foreign exchange 
rate translation on the consolidated balance sheets was an increase in equity of $12.6 million compared to a decrease in equity 
of  $94.9  million  in  fiscal  2022.  These  amounts  were  recognized  as  an  adjustment  to  equity  through  other  comprehensive 
income.  

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022, we entered into a forward contract to acquire GBP 714.0 million at a rate of 1.0852 
for  a  total  of  USD  774.8  million  that  was  integrated  with  our  plan  to  acquire  RPS. This  contract  matured  on  December  30, 
2022. On December 28, 2022, we entered into an extension of the integrated forward contract to acquire GBP 714.0 million at a 
rate of 1.086 for a total of USD  775.4 million, extending the maturity date to January 23, 2023, the closing date of the RPS 
acquisition. Although an effective economic hedge of our foreign exchange risk related to this transaction, the forward contract 
did  not  qualify  for  hedge  accounting.  As  a  result,  the  forward  contract  was  marked-to-market  with  changes  in  fair  value 
recognized in earnings each period. The intrinsic value of the forward contract was immaterial at inception as the GBP/USD 
spot and forward exchange rates were essentially the same. The fair value of the forward contract at October 2, 2022 was $19.9 
million, and an unrealized gain of the same amount was recognized in our fourth quarter of fiscal 2022 results. On January 23, 
2023, the forward contract was settled for cash proceeds of $109.3 million and we recognized additional gains of $89.4 million 
in fiscal 2023. All gains related to this transaction were reported in “Other non-operating income" on our consolidated income 
statements for the respective periods.  

47 

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets at October 1, 2023 and October 2, 2022

Consolidated Statements of Income for the fiscal years ended October 1, 2023, October 2, 2022 and October 3, 
2021
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended October 1, 2023, October 2, 2022 and 
October 3, 2021
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended October 1, 2023, October 2, 2022 and October 3, 
2021
Consolidated Statements of Equity for the fiscal years ended October 1, 2023, October 2, 2022 and October 3, 2021

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the fiscal years ended October 1, 2023, October 
2, 2022 and October 3, 2021

Page

49

52

53

54

55

56

58

91

48 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Tetra Tech, Inc. 

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of    Tetra  Tech,  Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries  (the 
“Company”) as of October 1, 2023 and October 2, 2022, and the related consolidated statements of income, of comprehensive 
income, of equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended October 1, 2023, including the related notes 
and  financial  statement  schedule  listed  in  the  accompanying  index  (collectively  referred  to  as  the  “consolidated  financial 
statements”).  We  also  have  audited  the  Company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  October  1,  2023,  based  on 
criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of 
the Treadway Commission (COSO). 

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the 
financial  position  of  the  Company  as  of  October 1,  2023  and  October  2,  2022,  and  the  results  of  its  operations  and  its  cash 
flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  October  1,  2023  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally 
accepted  in  the  United  States  of America. Also  in  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  October  1, 2023, based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  - Integrated 
Framework (2013) issued by the COSO. 

Basis for Opinions 

The  Company's  management  is  responsible  for  these  consolidated  financial  statements,  for  maintaining  effective 
internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, 
included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is 
to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial 
reporting  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  Public  Company Accounting  Oversight 
Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. 
federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform  the  audits  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material 
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in 
all material respects. 

Our  audits  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material 
misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to 
those  risks.  Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the 
consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates 
made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  presentation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  audit  of 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting, 
assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal 
control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the 
circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding 
the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and 
procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions 
and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to 
permit preparation of financial statements in  accordance with  generally accepted accounting principles, and that  receipts and 
expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the 
company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 
Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become 
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

49 

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are  matters arising from the current period  audit of the  consolidated 
financial  statements  that  were  communicated  or  required  to  be  communicated  to  the  audit  committee  and  that  (i)  relate  to 
accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, 
subjective, or  complex judgments. The communication of critical  audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the 
consolidated  financial  statements,  taken  as  a  whole,  and  we  are  not,  by  communicating  the  critical  audit  matters  below, 
providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.  

Revenue Recognition - Determination of Total Estimated Contract Cost for Fixed-price Contracts 

As described in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, $1.64 billion of the Company’s total revenues for the 
year  ended  October  1,  2023  was  generated  from  fixed-price  contracts.  As  disclosed  by  management,  under  fixed-price 
contracts, the Company's clients pay an agreed fixed-amount negotiated in advance for a specified scope of work. Revenue is 
recognized over time as the related performance obligation is satisfied by transferring control of a promised good or service to 
the Company's customers. Progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation is primarily measured using a 
cost-to-cost measure of progress method. The cost input is based primarily on contract cost incurred to date compared to total 
estimated  contract  cost.  This  measure  includes  forecasts  based  on  the  best  information  available  and  reflects  management's 
judgment  to  faithfully  depict  the  value  of  the  services  transferred  to  the  customer.  Due  to  uncertainties  inherent  in  the 
estimation process, it is possible that estimates of costs to complete a performance obligation will be revised in the near-term. 
For those performance obligations for which revenue is recognized using a cost-to-cost measure of progress method, changes in 
total  estimated  costs,  and  related  progress  towards  complete  satisfaction  of  the  performance  obligation,  are  recognized  on  a 
cumulative catch-up basis in the period in which the revisions to the estimates are made. As a result, the Company recognized 
net  favorable  revenue  and  operating  income  adjustments  of  $11.0  million  for  the  year  ended  October  1,  2023.  Changes  in 
revenue  and  cost  estimates  could  also  result  in  a  projected  loss,  determined  at  the  contract  level,  which  would  be  recorded 
immediately  in  earnings.  The  anticipated  losses  and  estimated  cost  to  complete  the  related  contracts  was  $8.5  million  and 
approximately $68 million, respectively, as of October 1, 2023.  

The  principal  considerations  for  our  determination  that  performing  procedures  relating  to  revenue  recognition  - 
determination of total estimated contract cost for fixed-price contracts is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment 
by  management  in  developing    the  estimate  of  total  contract  cost  for  fixed-price  contracts;  and  (ii)  a  high  degree  of  auditor 
judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and in evaluating audit evidence related to management’s estimate 
of  total  contract costs for fixed-price contracts with cumulative catch-up adjustments, anticipated losses or claims. 

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our 
overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating 
to  the  revenue  recognition  process,  including  controls  over  the  total  estimated  contract  cost  for  fixed-price  contracts.  These 
procedures also included, among others, (i) evaluating and testing management’s process for developing the estimate  of total 
contract  cost  for  a  sample  of  contracts  with  cumulative  catch-up  adjustments,  anticipated  losses  or  claims,  which  included 
evaluating  the  contract  terms and  other  documents  that  support  those  estimates,  and  testing  of  underlying  contract  costs;  (ii) 
assessing  management's  ability  to  reasonably  estimate  total  contract  costs  by performing  a  comparison  of  the  total  estimated 
contract cost as compared with prior period estimates, including evaluating the timely identification of circumstances that may 
warrant  a  modification  to  the  total  estimated  contract  cost;  and  (iii)  evaluating,  for  certain  contracts,  management’s 
methodologies and assessing the consistency of management’s approach over the life of the contract. 

Acquisition of RPS Group plc – Valuation of Certain Client Relations and Trade Name

As described in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company completed its acquisition of RPS Group 
plc  (“RPS”)  on  January  23,  2023  for  a  total  purchase  price  of  approximately  $784  million.  Of  the  total  acquired  intangible 
assets  of  $174.1  million,  certain  client  relations  and  a  trade  name  represent  the  majority.  Fair  value  was  estimated  by 
management using a multi-period excess earnings method for client relations and a relief from royalty method for trade names. 
Management’s significant assumptions used in estimating fair value  of client relations include  (i)  the  estimated life the asset 
will contribute to cash flows, such as remaining contractual terms, (ii) revenue growth rates and EBITDA margins, (iii) attrition 
rate of customers, and (iv) the estimated discount rates that reflect the level of risk associated with receiving future cash flows.  
The significant assumptions used in estimating fair value of trade name include the royalty rates and discount rates. 

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the valuation of certain client 
relations  and  trade  name  in  the  acquisition  of  RPS  Group  plc  is  a  critical  audit  matter  are  (i)  the  significant  judgment  by 
management when developing the fair value estimate of certain client relations and trade name acquired, (ii) a high degree of 
auditor  judgment,  subjectivity,  and  effort  in  performing  procedures  and  evaluating  management’s  significant  assumptions 
related to estimated life, revenue growth rates, customer attrition rates, EBITDA margins and discount rates for certain client 
relations and a royalty rate and discount rate for a trade name, and (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with 
specialized skill and knowledge.  

50 

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our 
overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating 
to  the  acquisition  accounting,  including  controls  over  management’s  valuation  of  certain  client  relations  and  trade  name 
acquired. These procedures also included, among others, (i) reading the purchase agreement; (ii) testing management’s process 
for developing the fair value estimate of certain client relations and trade name acquired; (iii) evaluating the appropriateness of 
the  multi-period  excess  earnings  and  relief  from  royalty  methods  used  by  management;  (iv)  testing  the  completeness  and 
accuracy of the underlying data used in the multi-period excess earnings and relief from royalty methods; and (v) evaluating the 
reasonableness of the significant assumptions used by management related to the estimated life, revenue growth rates, customer 
attrition rates, EBITDA margins and discount rates for certain client relations and the royalty rate and discount rate for a trade 
name.  Evaluating  management’s  assumptions  related  to  the  estimated  life,  revenue  growth  rates,  customer  attrition  rates  and 
EBITDA margins for client relations involved considering (i) the current and past performance of RPS; (ii) the consistency with 
external market and industry data; and (iii) whether the assumptions were consistent with evidence obtained in other areas of 
the  audit.  Professionals  with  specialized  skill  and  knowledge  were  used  to  assist  in  evaluating  (i)  the  appropriateness  of  the 
multi-period  excess  earnings  and  relief  from  royalty methods  and  (ii)  the  reasonableness  of  the  discount  rate assumption  for 
certain client relations and trade name, as well as, the royalty rate for a trade name. 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Los Angeles, California 
November 22, 2023 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2004.

51 

Tetra Tech, Inc. 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
(in thousands, except par value) 

ASSETS

Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net
Contract assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Income taxes receivable
Total current assets

Property and equipment, net
Right-of-use assets, operating leases
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Deferred tax assets
Other non-current assets
Total assets

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
Accrued compensation
Contract liabilities
Short-term lease liabilities, operating leases
Current portion of long-term debt
Current contingent earn-out liabilities
Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities
Long-term debt
Long-term lease liabilities, operating leases
Non-current contingent earn-out liabilities
Other non-current liabilities
Commitments and contingencies (Note 17)

Equity:

Preferred stock – Authorized, 2,000 shares of $0.01 par value; no shares issued and 
outstanding at October 1, 2023 and October 2, 2022
Common stock – Authorized, 150,000 shares of $0.01 par value; issued and outstanding, 
53,248 and 52,981 shares at October 1, 2023 and October 2, 2022, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Retained earnings

Tetra Tech stockholders' equity

Noncontrolling interests

Total stockholders' equity
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

October 1,
2023

October 2,
2022

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

168,831  $ 
974,535 
113,939 
89,096 
9,623 
1,356,024 
74,832 
175,932 
1,880,244 
173,936 
89,002 
70,507 
3,820,477  $ 

173,271  $ 
302,755 
335,044 
65,005 
— 
51,108 
280,959 
1,208,142 
14,256 
879,529 
144,685 
22,314 
148,045 

185,094 
755,112 
92,405 
115,400 
10,205 
1,158,216 
32,316 
182,319 
1,110,412 
29,163 
47,804 
62,546 
2,622,776 

147,436 
237,669 
241,340 
57,865 
12,504 
28,797 
190,406 
916,017 
15,161 
246,250 
146,285 
36,769 
79,157 

— 

532 

— 
(195,295)
1,598,196 
1,403,433 
73 
1,403,506 
3,820,477  $ 

— 

530 

— 
(208,144)
1,390,701 
1,183,087 
50 
1,183,137 
2,622,776 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

52 

Tetra Tech, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Income 
(in thousands, except per share data) 

Revenue

Subcontractor costs

Other costs of revenue

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Acquisition and integration expenses

Right-of-use operating lease asset impairment

Contingent consideration – fair value adjustments

Income from operations

Interest income

Interest expense

Other non-operating income

Income before income tax expense

Income tax expense

Net income

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech

Earnings per share attributable to Tetra Tech:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

October 1,
2023
4,522,550  $ 

Fiscal Year Ended
October 2,
2022
3,504,048  $ 

$ 

October 3, 
2021
3,213,513 

(771,461)

(668,468)

(661,341)

(3,026,060)

(2,260,021)

(2,053,772)

725,029 

(305,107)

(33,169)

(16,385)

(12,255)

358,113 

5,898 

(52,435)

89,402 

400,978 

(127,526)

273,452 

(32)

575,559 

(234,784)

— 

— 

(329)

340,446 

1,780 

(13,364)

19,904 

348,766 

(85,602)

263,164 

(39)

498,400 

(222,972)

— 

— 

3,273 

278,701 

917 

(12,748)

— 

266,870 

(34,039)

232,831 

(21)

$ 

$ 

$ 

273,420  $ 

263,125  $ 

232,810 

5.14  $ 

5.10  $ 

4.91  $ 

4.86  $ 

53,203 

53,637

53,620 

54,163

4.31 

4.26 

54,078 

54,675

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

53 

 
 
 
Tetra Tech, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 
(in thousands) 

Net income

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

(Loss) gain on cash flow hedge valuations, net of tax

Net pension adjustments

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

October 1,
2023

Fiscal Year Ended
October 2,
2022

October 3, 
2021

$ 

273,452  $ 

263,164  $ 

232,831 

12,622 

(2,412)

2,638 

12,848 

(94,933)

11,806 

— 

(83,127)

30,644 

6,117 

— 

36,761 

Comprehensive income, net of tax

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax

Comprehensive income attributable to Tetra Tech, net of tax

$ 

$ 

286,300  $ 

180,037  $ 

269,592 

31 

28 

24 

286,269  $ 

180,009  $ 

269,568 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

54 

Tetra Tech, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
(in thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization
Amortization of stock-based awards
Deferred income taxes
Fair value adjustments to contingent consideration
Right-of-use operating lease asset impairment
Fair value adjustment to foreign currency forward contract
Other non-cash items

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of business acquisitions:

Accounts receivable and contract assets
Prepaid expenses and other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued compensation
Contract liabilities
Income taxes receivable/payable
Other liabilities

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Payments for business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
Settlement of foreign currency forward contract
Capital expenditures
Proceeds from sales of assets

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from borrowings
Repayments on long-term debt
Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes
Payments of debt issuance costs
Capped call transactions
Repurchases of common stock
Taxes paid on vested restricted stock
Payments of contingent earn-out liabilities
Stock options exercised
Bank overdrafts
Dividends paid
Principal payments on finance leases

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Supplemental information:

Cash paid during the year for:

October 1,
2023

Fiscal Year Ended
October 2,
2022

October 3, 
2021

$ 

273,452  $ 

263,164  $ 

232,831 

61,206 
28,607 
(21,204)
12,255 
16,385 
(89,402)
975 

(19,783)
78,686 
(19,214)
37,094 
44,152 
40,527 
(75,273)
368,463 

(854,319)
109,306 
(26,901)
715 
(771,199)

994,859 
(1,026,051)
575,000 
(14,451)
(51,750)
— 
(16,833)
(21,328)
626 
— 
(52,113)
(5,579)
382,380 

4,093

(16,263)
185,094 

27,033 
26,227 
2,175 
329 
— 
(19,904)
(1,245)

(89,781)
69,697 
17,099 
27,458 
55,915 
14,627 
(56,606)
336,188 

(49,124)
— 
(10,582)
3,966 
(55,740)

161,456 
(117,080)
— 
— 
— 
(200,000)
(25,223)
(20,124)
1,806 
— 
(46,099)
(4,344)
(249,608)

(12,314)

18,526 
166,568 

$ 

168,831  $ 

185,094  $ 

23,805 
23,067 
(38,494)
(3,273)
— 
— 
(496)

13,301 
(582)
13,551 
5,425 
13,407 
13,090 
8,740 
304,372 

(84,911)
— 

(8,573)
492 
(92,992)

370,222 
(414,308)
— 
— 
— 
(60,000)
(17,630)
(20,251)
11,250 
(36,627)
(40,041)
(2,714)
(210,099)

7,772

9,053 
157,515 

166,568 

Interest
Income taxes, net of refunds received of $2.2 million, $4.8 million and $2.1 million 

$ 
$ 

47,367  $ 
93,176  $ 

13,378  $ 
70,799  $ 

10,330 
59,111 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

55 

Tetra Tech, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Equity 
Fiscal Years Ended October 3, 2021, October 2, 2022, and October 1, 2023  
(in thousands) 

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Retained
Earnings

Total
Tetra Tech
Equity

Non-Controlling
Interests

Total
Equity

53,797 

$ 

538 

$ 

— 

$ 

(161,786) $  1,198,567 

$ 

1,037,319 

$ 

54 

$  1,037,373 

232,810 

232,810 

21 

232,831 

30,641 

6,117 

30,641 

6,117 

3 

30,644 

6,117 

269,568 

24 

269,592 

(25)

(25)

215 

324 

124 

(479)

3 

3 

1 

(5)

23,067 

(17,633)

11,247 

10,704 

(27,385)

(40,041)

(40,041)

23,067 

(17,630)

11,250 

10,705 

(60,000)

$ 

(32,610)

(40,041)

23,067 

(17,630)

11,250 

10,705 

(60,000)

53,981 

540 

— 

(125,028)

1,358,726 

1,234,238 

53 

1,234,291 

263,125 

263,125 

39 

263,164 

(94,922)

11,806 

(94,922)

11,806 

180,009 

(46,099)

(46,099)

26,227 

(25,223)

1,806 

12,129 

(200,000)

(185,051)

(11)

(94,933)

28 

(31)

11,806 

180,037 

(31)

(46,099)

26,227 

(25,223)

1,806 

12,129 

(200,000)

190 

46 

106 

(1,342)

2 

— 

1 

(13)

26,227 

(25,225)

1,806 

12,128 

(14,936)

52,981 

530 

— 

(208,144)

1,390,701 

1,183,087 

50 

1,183,137 

273,420 

273,420 

32 

273,452 

56 

BALANCE AT 
SEPTEMBER 27, 
2020

Comprehensive income, 
net of tax:

Net income

Foreign currency 
translation 
adjustments

Gain on cash flow 
hedge valuations

Comprehensive income, 
net of tax

Distributions paid to 
noncontrolling interests

Cash dividends of $0.74 
per common share 

Stock-based 
compensation

Restricted & 
performance shares 
released

Stock options exercised

Shares issued for 
Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan

Stock repurchases

BALANCE AT 
OCTOBER 3, 2021

Comprehensive income, 
net of tax:

Net income

Foreign currency 
translation 
adjustments

Gain on cash flow 
hedge valuations

Comprehensive income, 
net of tax

Distributions paid to 
noncontrolling interests

Cash dividends of $0.86 
per common share 

Stock-based 
compensation

Restricted & 
performance shares 
released

Stock options exercised

Shares issued for 
Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan

Stock repurchases

BALANCE AT 
OCTOBER 2, 2022

Comprehensive income, 
net of tax:

Net income

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency 
translation 
adjustments

Pension

Gain on cash flow 
hedge valuations

Comprehensive income, 
net of tax

Distributions paid to 
noncontrolling interests

Cash dividends of $0.98 
per common share 

Stock-based 
compensation

Restricted & 
performance shares 
released

Stock options exercised

Shares issued for 
Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan

Reclassification of 
APIC

Capped call transactions

BALANCE AT 
OCTOBER 1, 2023

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Retained
Earnings

Total
Tetra Tech
Equity

Non-Controlling
Interests

Total
Equity

12,623 

2,638 

(2,412)

12,623 

2,638 

(2,412)

286,269 

(1)

31 

(8)

149 

19 

99 

1 

— 

1 

28,607 

(16,834)

626 

12,627 

26,724 

(51,750)

(52,113)

(52,113)

28,607 

(16,833)

626 

12,628 

(26,724)

— 

12,912 

(38,838)

12,622 

2,638 

(2,412)

286,300 

(8)

(52,113)

28,607 

(16,833)

626 

12,628 

— 

(38,838)

53,248 

$ 

532 

$ 

— 

$ 

(195,295) $  1,598,196 

$ 

1,403,433 

$ 

73 

$  1,403,506 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

57 

 
Tetra Tech, Inc. 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

1.           Description of Business  

We are a leading global provider of high-end consulting and engineering services that focuses on water, environment, 
sustainable  infrastructure,  renewable  energy  and  international  development.  We  are  a  global  company  that  is  Leading  with 
Science® to provide innovative solutions for our public and private clients. We typically begin at the earliest stage of a project 
by  identifying  technical  solutions  and  developing  execution  plans  tailored  to  our  clients’  needs  and  resources.  Our  solutions 
may  span  the  entire  life  cycle  of  high-end  consulting  and  engineering  projects  and  include  applied  science,  data  analysis, 
research, engineering, design, project management and operations and maintenance. 

We  manage  our  business  under  two  reportable  segments.  Our  Government  Services  Group  (“GSG”)  reportable 
segment primarily includes activities with U.S. government clients (federal, state and local) and all activities with development 
agencies  worldwide.  Our  Commercial/International  Services  Group  (“CIG”)  reportable  segment  primarily  includes  activities 
with U.S. commercial clients and international clients other than development agencies.

2.           Basis of Presentation and Preparation 

Principles of Consolidation and Presentation.    The consolidated financial statements include our accounts and those 
of  joint  ventures  of  which  we  are  the  primary beneficiary. All  significant  intercompany  balances  and  transactions  have  been 
eliminated in consolidation. 

Fiscal  Year.    We  report  results  of  operations  based  on  52  or  53-week  periods  ending  on  the  Sunday  nearest 

September 30. Fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021 contained 52, 52 and 53 weeks, respectively. 

Use of Estimates.  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted 
in  the  United  States  of  America  ("U.S.  GAAP")  requires  us  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions.  These  estimates  and 
assumptions  affect  the  amounts  reported  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements  and  accompanying  notes.  Although  such 
estimates and assumptions are based on management's best knowledge of current events and actions we may take in the future, 
actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents.    Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with original maturities of 
90 days or less. Occasionally, we have bank overdrafts, which occur when a bank honors disbursements in excess of funds on 
deposit  in  our  bank  accounts. We  classify  bank  overdrafts  as  short-term  borrowings  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheets,  and 
report the change in overdrafts as a financing activity in our consolidated statements of cash flows.   

Insurance  Matters,  Litigation  and  Contingencies.    In  the  normal  course  of  business,  we  are  subject  to  certain 
contractual  guarantees  and  litigation.  In  addition,  we  maintain  insurance  coverage  for  various  aspects  of  our  business  and 
operations.  We  record  in  our  consolidated  balance  sheets  amounts  representing  our  estimated  liability  for  these  legal  and 
insurance obligations.  Any adjustments to these liabilities are recorded in our consolidated statements of income. 

Accounts  Receivable –  Net.    Net  accounts  receivable  consists  of  billed  and  unbilled  accounts  receivable,  and 
allowances for doubtful accounts. Billed accounts receivable represent amounts billed to clients that have not been collected. 
Unbilled accounts receivable, which represent an unconditional right to payment subject only to the passage of time, include 
unbilled amounts typically resulting  from revenue recognized but not yet billed pursuant to contract terms or  billed after  the 
period end date. Substantially all of our unbilled receivables at our fiscal 2023 year-end are expected to be billed and collected 
within 12 months. Unbilled accounts receivable also include amounts related to requests for equitable adjustment to contracts 
that provide for price redetermination. These amounts are recorded only when they can be reliably estimated, and realization is 
probable. The allowance for doubtful accounts represents amounts that are expected to become uncollectible or unrealizable in 
the future. We determine an estimated allowance for uncollectible accounts based on management's consideration of trends in 
the  actual  and  forecasted  credit  quality  of  our  clients,  including  delinquency  and  payment  history;  type  of  client,  such  as  a 
government  agency  or  a  commercial  sector  client;  and  general  economic  and  industry  conditions  that  may  affect  our  clients' 
ability to pay. 

Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities. Contract assets represent revenue recognized in excess of the amounts for 
which we have the contractual right to bill our  customers. Contract retentions, included in contract  assets, represent amounts 
withheld by clients until certain conditions are met or the project is completed, which may extend beyond one year. Contract 
liabilities represent the amount of cash collected from clients and billings to clients on contracts in advance of work performed 
and revenue recognized. The majority of these amounts are expected be earned within 12 months and are classified as current 
liabilities. 

58 

Prepaid and other current assets.    Prepaid assets consist primarily of payments for insurance and software costs and 
are amortized over the estimated period of benefit. Other current assets include primarily sales/services and use tax receivables 
from our U.S and foreign operations.

Property and Equipment.    Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful 
lives  using  the  straight-line  method.  When  property  and  equipment  are  retired  or  otherwise  disposed  of,  the  cost  and 
accumulated depreciation are removed from our consolidated balance sheets and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in our 
consolidated  statements  of  income.  Expenditures  for  maintenance  and  repairs  are  expensed  as  incurred.  Generally,  estimated 
useful lives range from three to seven years for equipment, furniture and fixtures. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a 
straight-line  basis  over  the  shorter  of  their  estimated  useful  lives  or  the  lease  term. Assets  held  for  sale  are  measured  at  the 
lower of carrying amount (i.e., net book value) and fair value less cost to sell, and are reported within "Prepaid expenses and 
other  current  assets"  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheets.    Once  assets  are  classified  as  held  for  sale,  they  are  no  longer 
depreciated. 

Long-Lived Assets.   We evaluate the recoverability of our long-lived assets when the facts and circumstances suggest 
that the assets may be impaired. This assessment is performed based on the estimated undiscounted cash flows compared to the 
carrying value of the assets. If the future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) are less than the carrying value, 
a write-down would be recorded to reduce the related asset to its estimated fair value. 

Leases.        We  determine  if  an  arrangement  is  a  lease  at  inception.  Operating  leases  are  included  in  operating  lease 
right-of-use  ("ROU")  assets,  and  current  and  long-term  operating  lease  liabilities  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.  Our 
finance  leases  are  reported  in  "Other  long-term  assets",  "Other  current  liabilities"  and  "Other  long-term  liabilities"  on  our 
consolidated balance sheet.  

ROU  assets  represent  our  right  to  use  an  underlying  asset  for  the  lease  term  and  lease  liabilities  represent  our 
obligation  to  make  lease  payments  arising  from  the  lease.  Operating  lease  ROU  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  at  the 
commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As most of our leases do not provide an 
implicit rate, incremental borrowing rates are used based on  the information available at commencement date in determining 
the  present  value  of  lease  payments.  The  operating  lease  ROU  asset  at  the  commencement  date  also  includes  any  lease 
payments made to the lessor at or before the commencement date and initial direct costs less lease incentives received. Lease 
terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise that option. Lease 
expense for operating lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

We recognize a liability for contract termination costs associated with an exit activity for costs that will continue to be 
incurred under a lease for its remaining term without economic benefit to us, initially measured at its fair value at the cease-use 
date. The fair value is determined based on the remaining lease rentals, adjusted for the effects of any prepaid or deferred items 
recognized under the lease, and reduced by estimated sublease rentals.

Business Combinations.    The cost of an acquired company is assigned to the tangible and intangible assets purchased 
and the liabilities assumed based on their fair values at the date of acquisition. The determination of fair values of these assets 
and  liabilities  requires  us  to  make  estimates  and  use  valuation  techniques  when  a market  value  is  not  readily  available. Any 
excess of purchase price over the fair value  of net tangible  and  intangible  assets acquired is allocated to goodwill. Goodwill 
typically  represents  the  value  paid  for  the  assembled  workforce  and  enhancement  of  our  service  offerings. Transaction  costs 
associated with business combinations are expensed as incurred.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets.    Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate purchase price over the fair value 
of  the  net  assets  acquired  in  a  business  acquisition.  Following  an  acquisition,  we  perform  an  analysis  to  value  the  acquired 
company's tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities. With respect to identifiable intangible assets, we consider 
backlog,  non-compete  agreements,  client  relations,  trade  names,  patents  and  other  assets.  We  amortize  our  intangible  assets 
based on the  period over  which  the  contractual or economic benefits of the intangible assets are expected to be  realized. We 
assess the recoverability of the unamortized balance of our intangible assets when indicators of impairment are present based on 
expected future profitability and undiscounted expected cash flows and their contribution to our overall operations. Should the 
review  indicate  that  the  carrying  value  is  not  fully  recoverable,  the  excess  of  the  carrying  value  over  the  fair  value  of  the 
intangible assets would be recognized as an impairment loss.

We test our goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, and more frequently when an event occurs, or circumstances 
indicate  that  the  carrying  value  of  the  asset  may  not  be  recoverable.  We  believe  the  methodology  that  we  use  to  review 
impairment of goodwill, which includes a significant amount of judgment and estimates, provides us with a reasonable basis to 
determine whether impairment has occurred. However, many of the factors employed in determining whether our goodwill is 
impaired  are  outside  of  our  control  and  it  is  reasonably  likely  that  assumptions  and  estimates  will  change  in  future  periods. 
These changes could result in future impairments. 

59 

We  perform  our  annual  goodwill  impairment  review  at  the  beginning  of  our  fiscal  fourth  quarter.  Our  last  annual 
review was performed at July 3, 2023 (i.e., the first day of our fiscal fourth quarter). In addition, we regularly evaluate whether 
events and circumstances have occurred that may indicate a potential change in recoverability of goodwill. We perform interim 
goodwill  impairment  reviews  between  our  annual  reviews  if  certain  events  and  circumstances  have  occurred,  including  a 
deterioration in general economic conditions, an increased competitive environment, a change in management, key personnel, 
strategy or customers,  negative or declining cash flows or a decline  in  actual or planned revenue or earnings compared with 
actual and projected results of relevant prior periods. We assess goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is 
defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment, referred to as a component. Our operating segments 
are the same as our reportable segments and our reporting units for goodwill impairment testing are the components one level 
below  our  reportable  segments. These  components  constitute  a  business  for  which  discrete  financial  information  is  available 
and where segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that component. We aggregate components within an 
operating segment that have similar economic characteristics. 

The  impairment  test  for  goodwill  involves  the  comparison  of  the  estimated  fair  value  of  each  reporting  unit  to  the 
reporting  unit's  carrying  value,  including  goodwill. We  estimate  the  fair  value  of  reporting  units  based  on  a  comparison  and 
weighting of the income approach, specifically the discounted cash flow method and the market approach, which estimates the 
fair  value  of  our  reporting  units  based  upon  comparable  market  prices  and  recent  transactions  and  also  validates  the 
reasonableness  of  the  multiples  from  the  income  approach.  The  development  of  the  present  value  of  future  cash  flow 
projections includes assumptions and estimates derived  from a review of our expected revenue growth rates, operating profit 
margins,  discount  rates  and  the  terminal  growth  rate.  If  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  exceeds  its  carrying  amount,  the 
goodwill of that reporting unit is not considered impaired. However, if its carrying value exceeds its fair value, our goodwill is 
impaired,  and  we  are  required  to  record  a  non-cash  charge  that  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  consolidated 
financial statements.  An impairment loss recognized, if any, should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the 
reporting unit.   

Contingent Consideration.    Most of our acquisition agreements include contingent earn-out arrangements, which are 
generally  based  on  the  achievement  of  future  operating  income  thresholds.  The  contingent  earn-out  arrangements  are  based 
upon  our  valuations  of  the  acquired  companies  and  reduce  the  risk  of  overpaying  for  acquisitions  if  the  projected  financial 
results are not achieved.

The fair values of these earn-out arrangements are included as part of the purchase price of the acquired companies on 
their respective acquisition dates. For each transaction, we estimate the fair value of contingent earn-out payments as part of the 
initial purchase price and record the estimated fair value of contingent consideration as a liability in "Current contingent earn-
out liabilities" and "Long-term contingent earn-out liabilities" on the consolidated balance sheets. We consider several factors 
when determining that contingent earn-out liabilities are part of the purchase price, including the following: (1) the valuation of 
our acquisitions is not supported solely by the initial consideration paid, and the contingent earn-out formula is a critical and 
material  component  of  the  valuation  approach  to  determining  the  purchase  price;  and  (2)  the  former  owners  of  acquired 
companies that remain as key employees receive compensation other than contingent earn-out payments at a reasonable level 
compared  with  the  compensation  of  our  other  key  employees.  The  contingent  earn-out  payments  are  not  affected  by 
employment termination. 

We measure our contingent earn-out liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs 
classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. We use a probability weighted discounted income approach as a valuation 
technique to convert future estimated cash flows to a single present value amount. The significant unobservable inputs used in 
the fair value measurements are operating income projections over the earn-out period (generally three or five years) and the 
probability  outcome  percentages  we  assign  to  each  scenario.  Significant  increases  or  decreases  to  either  of  these  inputs  in 
isolation would result in a significantly higher or lower liability, with a higher liability capped by the contractual maximum of 
the contingent earn-out obligation. Ultimately, the liability will be equivalent to the amount paid, and the difference between the 
fair value estimate and amount paid will be recorded in earnings. The amount paid that is less than or equal to the contingent 
earn-out liability on the acquisition date is reflected as cash used in financing activities in our consolidated statements of cash 
flows.  Any  amount  paid  in  excess  of  the  contingent  earn-out  liability  on  the  acquisition  date  is  reflected  as  cash  used  in 
operating activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows. 

We review and reassess the estimated fair value of contingent consideration on a quarterly basis, and the updated fair 
value could differ materially from the initial estimates. Changes in the estimated fair value of our contingent earn-out liabilities 
related to the time component of the present value calculation are reported in interest expense. Adjustments to the estimated fair 
value related to changes in all other unobservable inputs are reported in operating income. 

Other  current  liabilities.    Other  current  liabilities  consist  primarily  of  accrued  insurance,  contingent  liabilities, 

sales/services and use taxes due to our U.S. and foreign operations, other tax accruals and accrued professional fees. 

60 

Fair  Value  of  Financial  Instruments.    We  determine  the  fair  values  of  our  financial  instruments,  including  short-
term investments, debt instruments, derivative instruments and pension plan assets based on inputs or assumptions that market 
participants would use in pricing an asset or a liability. We categorize our instruments using a valuation hierarchy for disclosure 
of the inputs used to measure fair value. This hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three broad levels as follows: Level 1 inputs 
are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; Level 2 inputs are quoted prices for similar 
assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly through 
market  corroboration,  for  substantially  the  full  term  of  the  financial  instrument;  and  Level 3  inputs  are  unobservable  inputs 
based  on  our  own  assumptions  used  to  measure  assets  and  liabilities  at  fair  value.  The  classification  of  a  financial  asset  or 
liability within the hierarchy is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair values 
based  on  their  short-term  nature.  The  carrying  amounts  of  our  revolving  credit  facility  approximates  fair  value  because  the 
interest rates are based upon variable reference rates. Certain other assets and liabilities, such as contingent earn-out liabilities 
and amounts related to cash-flow hedges, are required to be carried in our consolidated financial statements at fair value. 

Our fair value measurement methods may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable 
value or reflective of future fair values. Although we believe our valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with those 
used by other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine fair value could result in a 
different fair value measurement at the reporting date. 

Derivative Financial Instruments.    We account for our derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities and carry 
them  at  fair  value.  For  derivative  instruments  that  hedge  the  exposure  to  variability  in  expected  future  cash  flows  that  are 
designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component 
of accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders' equity and reclassified into income in the same period or periods 
during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument, if 
any,  is  recognized  in  current  income.  To  receive  hedge  accounting  treatment,  cash  flow  hedges  must  be  highly  effective  in 
offsetting changes to expected future cash flows on hedged transactions. 

The net gain or loss on the effective portion of a derivative instrument that is designated as an economic hedge of the 
foreign currency translation exposure generated by the re-measurement of certain assets and liabilities denominated in a non-
functional  currency  in  a  foreign  operation  is  reported  in  the  same  manner  as  a  foreign  currency  translation  adjustment. 
Accordingly, any gains or losses related to these derivative instruments are recognized in current income. Derivatives that do 
not qualify as hedges are adjusted to fair value through current income. 

Deferred Compensation.    We maintain a non-qualified defined contribution supplemental retirement plan for certain 
key  employees  and  non-employee  directors  that  is  accounted  for  in  accordance  with  applicable  authoritative  guidance  on 
accounting  for  deferred  compensation  arrangements  where  amounts  earned  are  held  in  a  rabbi  trust  and  invested.  Employee 
deferrals are deposited into a rabbi trust, and the funds are generally invested in individual variable life insurance contracts that 
we own and are specifically designed to informally fund savings plans of this nature. Our consolidated balance sheets reflect 
our  investment  in  variable  life  insurance  contracts  in  "Other  long-term  assets."  Our  obligation  to  participating  employees  is 
reflected in "Other long-term liabilities." The net gains and losses related to the deferred compensation plan are reported as part 
of “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in our consolidated statements of income. 

Pension Plan.  We  assumed  a  defined  benefit  pension  plan  from  an  acquisition.  We  calculate  the  market-related 
value of assets, which is used to determine the return-on-assets component of annual pension expense and the cumulative net 
unrecognized  gain  or  loss  subject  to  amortization.  This  calculation  reflects  our  anticipated  long-term  rate  of  return  and 
amortization  of  the  difference  between  the  actual  return  (including  capital,  dividends,  and  interest)  and  the  expected  return. 
Cumulative  net  unrecognized  gains  or  losses  that  exceed  10%  of  the  greater  of  the  projected  benefit  obligation  or  the  fair 
market-related value of plan assets are subject to amortization.

Income  Taxes.    We  file a  consolidated  U.S.  federal  income  tax  return.  In  addition,  we  file  other  returns  that  are 
required in the states, foreign jurisdictions and other jurisdictions in which we do business. We account for certain income and 
expense items differently for financial reporting and income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed for 
the  difference  between  the  financial  statement  and  tax  bases  of  assets  and  liabilities  that  will  result  in  taxable  or  deductible 
amounts  in the  future  based on enacted  tax laws and rates applicable  to the  periods in which the differences  are  expected to 
reverse. In determining the need for a valuation allowance, management reviews both positive and negative evidence, including 
current and historical results of operations, future income projections, scheduled reversals of deferred tax amounts, availability 
of carrybacks and potential tax planning strategies. Based on our assessment, we have concluded that a portion of the deferred 
tax assets will not be realized. 

According  to  the  authoritative  guidance  on  accounting  for  uncertainty  in  income  taxes,  we  may  recognize  the  tax 
benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by 
the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from 

61 

such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon 
ultimate  settlement.  This  guidance  also  addresses  de-recognition,  classification,  interest  and  penalties  on  income  taxes, 
accounting in interim periods and disclosure requirements for uncertain tax positions. 

Concentration of Credit Risk.    Financial instruments that subject us to credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash 
equivalents and net accounts receivable. In the event that we have surplus cash, we place our temporary cash investments with 
lower  risk  financial  institutions  and,  by  policy,  limit  the  amount  of  investment  exposure  to  any  one  financial  institution. 
Approximately 22% of accounts receivable were due from various agencies of the U.S. federal government at fiscal 2023 year-
end. The remaining accounts receivable are generally diversified due to the large number of organizations comprising our client 
base  and  their  geographic  dispersion.  We  perform  ongoing  credit  evaluations  of  our  clients  and  maintain  an  allowance  for 
potential credit losses. Approximately 31%, 13%, 19% and 37% of our fiscal 2023 revenue was generated from our U.S. federal 
government, U.S. state and local government, U.S. commercial and international clients, respectively.

Foreign Currency Translation.    We determine the functional currency of our foreign operating units based upon the 
primary  currency  in  which  they  operate.  These  operating  units  maintain  their  accounting  records  in  their  local  currency, 
primarily Canadian and Australian dollars, the Euros and British pounds. Where the functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, 
translation of assets and liabilities to U.S. dollars is based on exchange rates at the balance sheet date. Translation of revenue 
and  expenses  to  U.S.  dollars  is  based  on  the  average  rate  during  the  period.  Translation  gains  or  losses  are  reported  as  a 
component  of  other  comprehensive  income.  Gains  or  losses  from  foreign  currency  transactions  are  included  in  income  from 
operations.

Reclassifications.     Certain  reclassifications  were  made  to  the  prior  fiscal  years  to  conform  to  the  current-year 

presentation.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In  November  2021,  the  Financial Accounting  Standards  Board  issued ASU  2021-10,  Government Assistance  (Topic 
832), which requires annual disclosures for transactions with a government authority that are accounted for by applying a grant 
or contribution model by analogy, including (1) the types of transactions, (2) the accounting for those transactions, and (3) the 
effect of those transactions on an entity's financial statements. ASU 2021-10 was effective for us beginning in the first quarter 
of  fiscal  2023.  In  fiscal  2020,  the  Canadian  federal  government  implemented  the  Canadian  Emergency  Wage  Subsidy 
("CEWS") program in response to the negative  impact of the coronavirus  disease 2019 pandemic on businesses operating in 
Canada.  Some  of  our  Canadian  legal  entities  qualified  for  and  applied  for  these  CEWS  cash  benefits  to  partially  offset  the 
impacts  of  revenue  reductions  and  on-going  staffing  costs.  The  $21.0 million  total  received  was  initially  recorded  in  "Other 
current  liabilities"  until  all  potential  amendments  to  the  qualification  criteria,  including  some  that  were  proposed  with 
retroactive  application,  were  finalized  in  fiscal  2022.  As  there  are  no  further  contingencies,  the  amounts  received  will  be 
distributed  to  all  Canadian  employees.  We  expect  to  distribute  approximately  $10 million  in  the  next  twelve  months. 
Accordingly, this amount is included in "Accrued compensation" on our consolidated balance sheet as of October 1, 2023. The 
remaining $11.0 million, which we expect to distribute beyond one year, is reported in "Other long-term liabilities". We do not 
expect  there  will  be  any  related  impact  on  our  operating  income,  and  we  have  no  outstanding  applications  for  further 
government assistance.

3.           Revenue and Contract Balances  

We recognize revenue over time as the related performance obligation is satisfied by transferring control of a promised 
good or service to our customers. Progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation is primarily measured 
using a cost-to-cost measure of progress method. The cost input is based primarily on contract cost incurred to date compared to 
total estimated contract cost. This measure includes forecasts based on the best information available and reflects our judgement 
to  faithfully  depict  the  value  of  the  services  transferred  to  the  customer.  For  certain  on-call  engineering  or  consulting  and 
similar  contracts,  we  recognize  revenue  in  the  amount  which  we  have  the  right  to  invoice  the  customer  if  that  amount 
corresponds directly with the value of our performance completed to date. 

Due to uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, it is possible that estimates of costs to complete a performance 
obligation will be revised in the near term. For those performance obligations for which revenue is recognized using a cost-to-
cost  measure  of  progress  method,  changes  in  total  estimated  costs,  and  related progress  towards  complete  satisfaction  of  the 
performance obligation, are recognized on a cumulative catch-up basis in the period in which the revisions to the estimates are 
made. When the current estimate of total costs indicates a loss, a provision for the entire estimated loss on the contract is made 
in the period in which the loss becomes evident. 

62 

Disaggregation of Revenue 

We disaggregate revenue by client sector and contract type, as we believe it best depicts how the nature, timing and 
uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. The following tables present revenue disaggregated by 
client sector and contract type (in thousands):  

Client Sector:
U.S. federal government (1)
U.S. state and local government

U.S. commercial
International (2)

Total

Contract Type:

Fixed-price

Time-and-materials

Cost-plus

Total

October 1,
2023

Fiscal Year Ended
October 2,
2022

October 3, 
2021

$ 

1,387,101  $ 

1,064,347  $ 

1,081,608 

607,074 

869,460 

603,286 

748,953 

1,658,915 

1,087,462 

536,309 

638,169 

957,427 

$ 

4,522,550  $ 

3,504,048  $ 

3,213,513 

$ 

1,643,849  $ 

1,317,993  $ 

1,191,244 

2,166,671 

712,030 

1,637,019 

549,036 

1,492,813 

529,456 

$ 

4,522,550  $ 

3,504,048  $ 

3,213,513 

(1)    Includes revenue generated under U.S. federal government contracts performed outside the United States.
(2)    Includes revenue generated from non-U.S. clients, primarily in Canada, Australia, Europe and the United Kingdom.

Other than the U.S. federal government, no single client accounted for more than 10% of our revenue for fiscal 2023 

and 2022.

Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities

We  invoice  customers  based  on  the  contractual  terms  of  each  contract.  However,  the  timing  of  revenue  recognition 

may differ from the timing of invoice issuance. 

Contract assets represent revenue recognized in excess of the amounts for which we have the contractual right to bill 
our  customers.  Such  amounts  are  recoverable  from  customers  based  upon  various  measures  of  performance,  including 
achievement of certain milestones or completion of a contract. In addition, many of our time and materials arrangements are 
billed  in  arrears  pursuant  to  contract  terms  that  are  standard  within  the  industry,  resulting  in  contract  assets  and/or  unbilled 
receivables  being  recorded,  as  revenue  is  recognized  in  advance  of  billings.  Contract  retentions,  included  in  contract  assets, 
represent amounts withheld by clients until certain conditions are met or the project is completed, which may extend beyond 
one year. 

Contract  liabilities  consist  of  billings  in  excess  of  revenue recognized.  Contract  liabilities  decrease  as  we  recognize 
revenue from the satisfaction of the related performance obligation and increase as billings in advance of revenue recognition 
occur. Contract assets and liabilities are reported in a net position on a contract-by-contract basis at the end of each reporting 
period.  There  were  no  substantial  non-current  contract  assets  or  liabilities  for  the  periods  presented.  Net  contract 
assets/liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

Contract assets (1)
Contract liabilities

Net contract liabilities

Balance at

October 1,
2023

October 2, 
2022

$ 

$ 

113,939  $ 

335,044 

92,405 

241,340 

(221,105) $ 

(148,935)

(1)    Includes $6.8 million and $23.3 million of contract retentions at fiscal 2023 and 2022 year-ends, respectively. 

In fiscal 2023, we recognized revenue of approximately $164 million from amounts included in the contract liability 

balance at the end of fiscal 2022, compared to approximately $125 million in fiscal 2022. 

We  recognize  revenue  primarily  using  the  cost-to-cost  measure  of  progress  method  to  estimate  progress  towards 
completion.  Changes  in  those  estimates  could  result  in  the  recognition  of  cumulative  catch-up  adjustments  to  the  contract’s 

63 

inception-to-date  revenue,  costs  and  profit  in  the  period  in  which  such  changes  are  made.  As  a  result,  in  fiscal  2023,  we 
recognized  net  favorable  revenue  and  operating  income  adjustments  of  $11.0 million.  The  corresponding  net  revenue  and 
operating income adjustments were immaterial for fiscal 2022.  

Changes  in  revenue  and  cost estimates  could  also  result  in  a  projected  loss,  determined at  the  contract  level,  which 
would  be  recorded  immediately  in  earnings.  As  of  October 1,  2023  and  October 2,  2022,  our  consolidated  balance  sheets 
included liabilities for anticipated losses of $8.5 million and $10.0 million, respectively. The estimated cost to complete these 
related contracts at the end of fiscal 2023 and 2022 was approximately $68 million and $80 million, respectively. 

Accounts Receivable, Net

Net accounts receivable consisted of the following (in thousands):

Billed

Unbilled

Total accounts receivable

Allowance for doubtful accounts

Total accounts receivable, net

Balance at

October 1,
2023

October 2,
2022

$ 

672,712  $ 

306,788 

979,500 

(4,965)

491,700 

267,161 

758,861 

(3,749)

$ 

974,535  $ 

755,112 

Billed  accounts  receivable  represent  amounts  billed  to  clients  that  have  not  been  collected.  Unbilled  accounts 
receivable,  which represent  an  unconditional  right  to payment  subject  only  to  the passage  of  time,  include  unbilled amounts 
typically  resulting  from  revenue  recognized  but  not  yet  billed  pursuant  to  contract  terms  or  billed  after  the  period  end  date. 
Substantially all of our unbilled receivables at fiscal 2023 year-end are expected to be billed and collected within 12 months. 
The allowance for doubtful accounts represents amounts that are expected to become uncollectible or unrealizable in the future. 
We determine an estimated allowance for uncollectible accounts based on management's consideration of trends in the actual 
and forecasted credit quality of our clients, including delinquency and payment history; type  of client, such as  a government 
agency or a commercial sector client; and general economic and industry  conditions, which may affect  our clients' ability to 
pay. 

Other than the U.S. federal government, no single client accounted for more than 10% of our accounts receivable at 

fiscal 2023 and 2022 year-ends.

Remaining Unsatisfied Performance Obligations (“RUPOs”) 

Our  RUPOs  represent  a  measure  of  the  total  dollar  value  of  work  to  be  performed  on  contracts  awarded  and  in 
progress. We had $4.8 billion of RUPOs as of October 1, 2023. RUPOs increase with awards from new contracts or additions to 
existing  contracts  and  decrease  as  work  is  performed  and  revenue  is  recognized  on  existing  contracts.  RUPOs  may  also 
decrease  when  projects  are  canceled  or  modified  in  scope.  We  include  a  contract  within  our  RUPOs  when  the  contract  is 
awarded and an agreement on contract terms has been reached.  

We expect to satisfy our RUPOs as of fiscal 2023 year-end over the following periods (in thousands):  

Within 12 months

Beyond 

Total 

Amount

$ 

$ 

3,103,466 

1,651,611 

4,755,077 

Although  RUPOs  reflect  business  that  is  considered  to  be  firm,  cancellations,  deferrals  or  scope  adjustments  may 
occur.  RUPOs  are  adjusted  to  reflect  any  known  project  cancellations,  revisions  to  project  scope  and  cost,  foreign  currency 
exchange  fluctuations  and  project  deferrals,  as  appropriate.  Our  operations  and  maintenance  contracts  can  generally  be 
terminated  by  the  clients  without  a  substantive  financial  penalty.  Therefore,  the  remaining  performance  obligations  on  such 
contracts are limited to the notice period required for the termination (usually 30, 60 or 90 days). 

4.           Stock Repurchase and Dividends 

On  October  5,  2021,  our  Board  of  Directors  authorized  a  new  stock  repurchase  program  under  which  we  could 
repurchase up to $400 million of our common stock. In fiscal 2023, we did not repurchase any shares of our common stock. We 
repurchased and settled 1,341,679 shares with an average price of $149.07 per share for a total cost of $200.0 million in fiscal 

64 

2022, and 479,369 shares with an average price of $125.16 per share for a total cost of $60.0 million in fiscal 2021, in the open 
market. As of October 1, 2023, we had a remaining balance of $347.8 million under our repurchase program. 

The following table presents dividends declared and paid in fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021: 

Declare Date

November 7, 2022

January 30, 2023

May 8, 2023

August 7, 2023

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Dividend Paid Per 
Share

0.23 

0.23 

0.26 

0.26 

Total dividends paid as of October 1, 2023

Record Date

Payment Date

November 21, 2022

December 9, 2022

$ 

February 13, 2023

February 24, 2023

May 24, 2023

June 6, 2023

August 23, 2023

September 6, 2023

November 15, 2021

January 31, 2022

May 2, 2022

August 1, 2022

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

0.20 

0.20 

0.23 

0.23 

December 2, 2021

December 20, 2021

February 11, 2022

February 25, 2022

May 13, 2022

May 27, 2022

August 12, 2022

August 26, 2022

Total dividends paid as of October 2, 2022

November 9, 2020

January 25, 2021

April 26, 2021

July 26, 2021

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

0.17 

0.17 

0.20 

0.20 

November 30, 2020

December 11, 2020

February 10, 2021

February 26, 2021

May 12, 2021

May 28, 2021

August 20, 2021

September 3, 2021

Total dividends paid as of October 3, 2021

Dividends Paid 
(in thousands)

12,186 

12,242 

13,840 

13,845 

52,113 

10,793 

10,769 

12,311 

12,226 

46,099 

9,198 

9,212 

10,831 

10,800 

40,041 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Subsequent Events.  On November 13, 2023, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.26 per 

share payable on December 13, 2023 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on November 30, 2023.

5.          Acquisitions  

On September 23, 2022, we made an all-cash offer to acquire all of the outstanding shares of RPS Group plc ("RPS"), 
a publicly traded company on the London Stock Exchange for 222 pence per share, through a scheme of arrangement, which 
was unanimously recommended by RPS' Board of Directors. On November 3, 2022, RPS' shareholders approved the scheme of 
arrangement. On  January  19,  2023,  the  court-sanctioned  scheme  of  arrangement  to  purchase  RPS  was  approved,  and  we 
completed the acquisition on January 23, 2023. RPS employs approximately 5,000 associates in the United Kingdom, Europe, 
Asia  Pacific  and  North  America,  delivering  high-end  solutions,  especially  in  energy  transformation,  water  and  program 
management for government and commercial clients. Substantially all of RPS is included in our CIG segment.  

The total purchase  price of RPS  was approximately £633 million ($784 million). In connection with the transaction, 
we incurred acquisition and integration costs of $33.2 million, primarily for professional fees, substantially all of which were 
paid as of fiscal 2023 year-end. On January 23, 2023, we also settled a foreign exchange forward contract that was integral to 
our plan to finance the RPS acquisition. The cash gain of $109.3 million did not qualify for hedge accounting. As a result, the 
gain  was  recognized  as  non-operating  income  over  the  life  of  the  contract  and  not  included  in  the  purchase  price  allocation 
below.  However,  the  cash  proceeds  of  $109.3 million  economically  reduced  the  purchase  price  for  the  shares  of  RPS  to 
approximately $675 million. This forward contract is explained further in Note 14, "Derivative Financial Instruments". 

The  table  below  represents  the  preliminary  purchase  price  allocation  for  RPS  based  on  estimates,  assumptions, 
valuations and other analyses as of January 23, 2023, that has not been finalized in order to make a definitive allocation. The 
purchase consideration, excluding the aforementioned forward contract gain, is allocated to the tangible and intangible assets, 
and  liabilities  of  RPS  based  on  their  estimated  fair  values,  with  any  excess  purchase  consideration  allocated  to  goodwill  as 
follows (in thousands): 

65 

Cash and cash equivalents

Accounts receivable and contract assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Income taxes receivables

Property and equipment

Right-of-use assets, operating leases

Intangible assets

Deferred income taxes

Other long-term assets

Total assets acquired

Account Payable

Accrued compensation

Contract liabilities

Income tax payable

Short-term lease liabilities, operating leases

Other current liabilities

Current portion of long-term debt

Long-term lease liabilities, operating leases

Other long-term liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities

Total liabilities assumed

Fair value of net assets acquired

Goodwill

Total purchase consideration

Amount

32,093 

202,303 

45,999 

1,999 

38,435 

40,179 

174,094 

36,388 

1,061 

572,551 

(44,376)

(19,073)

(46,287)

(7,083)

(13,477)

(135,474)

(91,973)

(26,702)

(18,571)

(41,613)

(444,629)

127,922 

656,287 

784,209 

$ 

$ 

$ 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values that were assigned to intangible assets at the acquisition date:

Backlog

Trade names

Client relations

Total intangible assets acquired

Weighted-
Average 
Estimated 
Useful Life
(in years)

1.6

3.0

11.1

8.3

Fair Value

(in thousands)

$ 

$ 

27,880 

27,260 

118,954 

174,094 

Estimated fair value measurements for the intangible assets related to the RPS acquisition were made using Level 3 
inputs  including discounted  cash  flow  techniques.  Fair value  was  estimated  using  a  multi-period  excess  earnings  method for 
backlog and client relations and a relief from royalty method for trade names.  The significant assumptions used in estimating 
fair value of backlog and client relations include (i) the estimated life the asset will contribute to cash flows, such as remaining 
contractual  terms,  (ii)  revenue  growth  rates  and  EBITDA  margins,  (iii)  attrition  rate  of  customers,  and  (iv)  the  estimated 
discount  rates  that  reflect  the  level  of  risk  associated  with  receiving  future  cash  flows.  The  significant  assumptions  used  in 
estimating fair value of trade names include the royalty rates and discount rates.  

Supplemental Pro Forma Information (Unaudited) 

Following are the supplemental consolidated financial results of Tetra Tech and RPS on an unaudited pro forma basis, 

as if the RPS acquisition had been consummated as of the beginning of fiscal 2022 (in thousands): 

66 

Revenue

Net income including noncontrolling interests

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1,
2023

October 2,
2022

$ 

$ 

4,780,404  $ 

4,271,580 

223,857  $ 

152,964 

Our  fiscal  2023  consolidated  results  reflect  RPS'  contribution  of  revenue  of  approximately  $600 million,  with  net 
income,  including  interest  expense,  of  $3.6 million,  or  $0.07  per  share,  before  the  related  intangible  amortization  of 
$26.8 million.  

In  fiscal  2023,  we  also  acquired  Amyx,  Inc.  (“Amyx”),  an  enterprise  technology  services,  cybersecurity  and 
management consulting firm based in Reston, Virginia. With over 500 employees, Amyx provides application modernization, 
cybersecurity, systems engineering, financial management and program management support on over 30 Federal Government 
programs. Amyx is included in our Government Services Group ("GSG") segment. The total fair value of the purchase price of 
Amyx was $120.9 million, comprised of a $100.0 million payable in a promissory note issued to the sellers (paid subsequent to 
closing), $8.7 million of payables related to estimated post-closing adjustments, and $12.2 million for the estimated fair value 
of  contingent  earn-out  obligations,  with  a  maximum  of  $25.0 million,  based  upon  the  achievement  of  specified  operating 
income  targets  in  each  of  the  three  years  following  the  acquisition  date.  Amyx  was  not  considered  significant  to  our 
consolidated financial statements. 

In  fiscal  2022,  we  acquired The  Integration  Group  of America  ("TIGA"),  Piteau Associates  (“PAE”)  and  two  other 
financially immaterial acquisitions.  TIGA is based in Spring, Texas and is an industry leader in process automation and system 
integration solutions, including customized software and platform (SaaS/PaaS) applications, advanced data analytics, cloud data 
integration  and  platform  virtualization.  PAE  is  based  in  Vancouver,  British  Columbia  and  is  a  global  leader  in  sustainable 
natural  resource  analytics  including  hydrologic  numerical  modeling  and  dewatering  system  design.  PAE  is  part  of  our  CIG 
segment,  and  TIGA  and  other  financially  immaterial  acquisitions  are  part  of  our  GSG  segment.  The  total  fair  value  of  the 
purchase price for all four acquisitions was $88.3 million. This amount is comprised of $44.0 million in initial cash payments 
made to the sellers, $2.5 million of receivables (net) related to estimated post-closing adjustments for the net assets acquired, 
$15.5 million payable in a  promissory note issued to the sellers along with related transaction expenses  of the sellers (which 
were subsequently paid in July 2022) and $31.3 million for the estimated fair value of contingent earn-out obligations, with a 
maximum of $47.0 million, based upon the achievement of specified operating income targets in each of the three to five years 
following  the  acquisitions.  These  acquisitions  were  not  considered  significant,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  to  our 
consolidated financial statements. 

The majority of the goodwill from the fiscal 2023 acquisitions is not deductible for tax purposes, while the majority of 
the goodwill from the fiscal 2022 acquisitions is deductible for tax purposes. The results of fiscal 2022 and 2023 acquisitions 
were included in our consolidated financial statements beginning on the respective closing dates. 

Goodwill  additions  resulting from  the  fiscal  2023  business  combinations  are  primarily  attributable  to  the  significant 
technical  expertise  residing  in  embedded  workforces  that  are  sought  out  by  clients,  synergies  expected  to  arise  after  the 
acquisitions  in  the  areas  of  enterprise  technology  services,  data  management,  energy  transformation,  water,  program 
management,  and data  analytics  and  the  long-standing  reputations  of  RPS  and Amyx. These  acquisitions  further  expand  and 
complement our market-leading positions in water, renewable energy and sustainable infrastructure; enhanced by a combined 
suite of differentiated data analytics and digital technologies, and expansion into existing and new geographies. The fiscal 2022 
goodwill  additions  are  primarily  attributable  to  the  significant  technical  expertise  residing  in  embedded  workforces  that  are 
sought out by clients, long-term management experience, the industry reputations and the synergies expected to arise after the 
acquisitions in the areas of  data  management, digitization, modeling, water and natural resources. In addition, these  acquired 
capabilities, when combined with our existing global consulting and engineering business, result in opportunities that allow us 
to provide services under contracts that could not have been pursued individually by either us or the acquired companies. The 
results of these acquisitions were included in our consolidated financial statements from their respective closing dates.  

Intangible assets with finite lives arise from business acquisitions and are amortized based on the period over which 
the contractual or economic benefit of the intangible assets are expected to be realized or on a straight-line basis over the useful 
lives of the underlying assets, ranging from one to twelve years. These consist of client relations, backlog and trade names. For 
detailed information regarding our intangible assets, see Note 6, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets”. 

Most  of  our  acquisition  agreements  include  contingent  earn-out  agreements,  which  are  generally  based  on  the 
achievement of future operating income  thresholds. The contingent earn-out arrangements are based on our  valuations of the 
acquired companies and reduce the risk of overpaying for acquisitions if the projected financial results are not achieved. The 
fair values of any earn-out arrangements are included as part of the purchase price of the acquired companies on their respective 
acquisition dates. For each transaction, we estimate the fair value of contingent earn-out payments as part of the initial purchase 
price and record  the  estimated fair value  of contingent consideration as  a liability in “Current contingent earn-out liabilities” 
and  “Non-current  contingent  earn-out  liabilities”  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.  We  consider  several  factors  when 
determining that contingent earn-out liabilities are part of the purchase price, including the following: (1) the valuation of our 

67 

acquisitions  is  not  supported  solely  by  the  initial  consideration  paid,  and  the  contingent  earn-out  formula  is  a  critical  and 
material  component  of  the  valuation  approach  to  determining  the  purchase  price;  and  (2)  the  former  owners  of  acquired 
companies that remain as key employees receive compensation other than contingent earn-out payments at a reasonable level 
compared  with  the  compensation  of  our  other  key  employees.  The  contingent  earn-out  payments  are  not  affected  by 
employment termination.

We measure our contingent earn-out liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs 
classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. We use a probability-weighted discounted income approach as a valuation 
technique to convert future estimated cash flows to a single present value amount. The significant unobservable inputs used in 
the fair value measurements are operating income projections over the earn-out period (generally three or five years) and the 
probability  outcome  percentages  we  assign  to  each  scenario.  Significant  increases  or  decreases  to  either  of  these  inputs  in 
isolation would result in a significantly higher or lower liability, with a higher liability capped by the contractual maximum of 
the contingent earn-out obligation. Ultimately, the liability will be equivalent to the amount paid, and the difference between the 
fair value estimate and amount paid will be recorded in earnings. The amount paid that is less than or equal to the contingent 
earn-out liability on the acquisition date is reflected as cash used in financing activities in our consolidated statements of cash 
flows.  Any  amount  paid  in  excess  of  the  contingent  earn-out  liability  on  the  acquisition  date  is  reflected  as  cash  used  in 
operating activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows.

We review and reassess the estimated fair value of contingent consideration on a quarterly basis, and the updated fair 
value could differ materially from the initial estimates. Changes in the estimated fair value of our contingent earn-out liabilities 
related to the time component of the present value calculation are reported in interest expense. Adjustments to the estimated fair 
value related to changes in all other unobservable inputs are reported in operating income. In each quarter during fiscal 2023, 
we  evaluated  our  estimates  for  contingent  consideration  liabilities  for  the  remaining  earn-out  periods  for  each  individual 
acquisition,  which  included  a  review  of  their  financial  results  to-date,  the  status  of ongoing projects  in  their  RUPOs  and  the 
inventory of prospective new contract awards.  

In  fiscal  2023,  we  recorded  adjustments  to  our  contingent  earn-out  liabilities  and  reported  a  net  loss  to  operating 
income of $12.3 million. The net loss primarily resulted from increased valuations of the contingent consideration liabilities for 
our  prior  acquisitions  of  Segue  Technologies,  Inc.,  Hoare  Lea,  LLP  ("HLE"),  TIGA  and  PAE,  reflecting  their  financial 
performance  that  exceeded  our  previous  expectations.  These  increases  were  partially  offset  by  a  decreased  valuation  of  the 
contingent consideration for Amyx, which has the forecasted revenue becoming realized later than originally anticipated. 

In fiscal 2022, total adjustments to our contingent earn-out liabilities in operating income were immaterial.

In  fiscal  2021,  we  recorded  adjustments  to  our  contingent  earn-out  liabilities  and  reported  a  net  gain  in  operating 
income  of  $3.3 million.  These  adjustments  resulted  from  the  updated  valuations  of  the  contingent  consideration  liabilities, 
which reflect updated projections of acquired companies' financial performance during their respective earn-out periods.  

At  October 1, 2023,  there  was  a  total  potential  maximum of  $113.8  million of outstanding  contingent  consideration 
related to acquisitions. Of this amount, $73.4 million was estimated as the fair value and accrued on our consolidated balance 
sheet. 

The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying value of estimated contingent earn-out liabilities (in 

thousands): 

October 1,
2023

Fiscal Year Ended
October 2,
2022

October 3,
2021

Beginning balance

$ 

65,566 

$ 

59,297  $ 

Acquisition date fair value of contingent earn-out liabilities

Change in fair value of contingent earn-out liabilities

Re-measurement of contingent earn-out liabilities

Foreign exchange impact

Earn-out payments:

Reported as cash used in operating activities

Reported as cash used in financing activities

Ending balance 

12,248 

2,480 

12,255 

2,201 

— 

(21,328)

31,341 

2,184 

329 

(7,152)

(310)

(20,123)

$ 

73,422 

$ 

65,566  $ 

32,617 

50,235 

992 

(3,273)

(596)

(427)

(20,251)

59,297 

68 

6.           Goodwill and Intangible Assets  

The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying value of goodwill (in thousands): 

Balance at October 3, 2021

Goodwill reallocation

Acquisitions

Translation and other

Balance at October 2, 2022

Acquisitions

Translation and other

Balance at October 1, 2023

GSG

CIG

Total

$ 

538,433  $ 

570,145  $ 

1,108,578 

(51,497)

42,365 

(10,199)

519,102 

138,380 

2,460 

51,497 

26,318 

(56,650)

591,310 

621,496 

7,496 

— 

68,683 

(66,849)

1,110,412 

759,876 

9,956 

$ 

659,942  $ 

1,220,302  $ 

1,880,244 

Our goodwill balances reflect the goodwill reallocation related to the creation of our new High Performance Buildings 
division on the first day of fiscal 2022, which included a transfer of some related operations in our GSG reportable segment to 
our CIG reportable segment. The foreign currency translation adjustments resulted from our foreign subsidiaries with functional 
currencies that are different than our reporting currency. The fiscal 2023 goodwill amounts are presented net of reductions from 
historical impairment adjustments and fiscal 2023 goodwill additions relate to our fiscal 2023 acquisitions. The purchase price 
allocations for our fiscal 2023 acquisitions are preliminary and subject to adjustment based upon the final determinations of the 
net assets acquired and information to perform the final valuations.  

We  perform our annual goodwill impairment review at the  beginning of our  fiscal fourth quarter. Our last review at 
July 3, 2023 (i.e., the first day of our fourth quarter in fiscal 2023) indicated that we had no impairment of goodwill, and all of 
our reporting units had estimated fair values that were in excess of their carrying values, including goodwill. As of July 3, 2023, 
and after the reallocation of goodwill on the first day of fiscal 2023, we had no reporting units that had estimated fair values 
that exceeded their carrying values by less than 45%.  

We also regularly evaluate whether events and circumstances have occurred that may indicate a potential change in the 
recoverability of goodwill. We perform interim goodwill impairment reviews between our annual reviews if certain events and 
circumstances  have  occurred,  such  as  a  deterioration  in  general  economic  conditions;  an  increase  in  the  competitive 
environment; a change in management, key personnel, strategy or customers; negative or declining cash flows; or a decline in 
actual or planned revenue or earnings compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior periods. Although we believe 
that our estimates of fair value for these reporting units are reasonable, if financial performance for these reporting units falls 
significantly below our expectations or market prices for similar business decline, the goodwill for these reporting units could 
become impaired.  

The gross amounts of goodwill for  GSG  were $677.6 million and $536.8 million at fiscal 2023 and 2022 year-ends, 
respectively, excluding accumulated impairment of $17.7 million for each period. The gross amounts of goodwill for CIG were 
$1,341.8 million  and  $712.8 million  at  fiscal  2023  and  2022  year-ends,  respectively,  excluding  accumulated  impairment  of 
$121.5 million for each period.

69 

 
The following table presents the gross amount and accumulated amortization of our acquired identifiable intangible 

assets with finite useful lives included in "Intangible assets, net" on the consolidated balance sheets ($ in thousands): 

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1, 2023

October 2, 2022

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Life
(in years)

9.4

0.9

2.4

Client relations

Backlog

Trade names

Total

Gross
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Net
Amount

Gross
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Net
Amount

$ 

169,217  $ 

(36,072) $ 133,145  $ 

41,676  $ 

(21,092) $  20,584 

63,825 

37,411 

(47,802)

(12,643)

16,023 

24,768 

33,286 

12,711 

(29,990)

(7,428)

3,296 

5,283 

$ 

270,453  $ 

(96,517) $ 173,936  $ 

87,673  $ 

(58,510) $  29,163 

Amortization  expense  for  the  identifiable  intangible  assets  for  fiscal  2023,  2022  and  2021  was  $41.2  million,  $13.2 
million and $11.5 million, respectively. Foreign currency translation adjustments reduced net identifiable intangible assets by 
$0.2 million and $5.3 million in fiscal 2023 and 2022, respectively.  

Estimated amortization expense for the succeeding five fiscal years and beyond is as follows (in thousands): 

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

Beyond

Total

7.           Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Equipment, furniture and fixtures

Leasehold improvements

Total property and equipment

Accumulated depreciation

Property and equipment, net

$ 

Amount

42,180 

28,032 

19,922 

13,861 

13,352 

56,589 

$ 

173,936 

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1,
2023

October 2,
2022

$ 

132,744  $ 

44,733 

177,477 

(102,645)

$ 

74,832  $ 

96,710 

32,428 

129,138 

(96,822)

32,316 

The depreciation expense  related to property and equipment was $20.0 million, $13.9  million and $12.3 million for 
fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The increases in property and equipment from October 2, 2022 to October 1, 2023 are 
primarily due to the RPS acquisition.  

70 

 
 
 
 
8.           Income Taxes 

Income before income taxes, by geographic area, was as follows (in thousands): 

Income before income taxes:

United States

Foreign

Total income before income taxes

Income tax expense consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Current:

Federal

State

Foreign

Total current income tax expense

Deferred:

Federal

State

Foreign

Total deferred income tax (benefit) expense  

October 1,
2023

Fiscal Year Ended
October 2,
2022

October 3,
2021

$ 

$ 

287,295  $ 

262,428  $ 

211,222 

113,683 

86,338 

55,648 

400,978  $ 

348,766  $ 

266,870 

October 1,
2023

Fiscal Year Ended
October 2,
2022

October 3,
2021

$ 

110,371  $ 

47,447  $ 

16,025 

28,970 

155,366 

(18,062)

(4,976)

(4,802)

(27,840)

9,613 

26,332 

83,392 

(424)

(382)

3,016 

2,210 

41,056 

9,893 

18,887 

69,836 

(6,034)

(2,060)

(27,703)

(35,797)

Total income tax expense

$ 

127,526  $ 

85,602  $ 

34,039 

71 

Total income tax expense was different from the amount computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory rate to pre-

tax income as follows: 

Tax at federal statutory rate

State taxes, net of federal benefit

Research and Development ("R&D") credits

Tax differential on foreign earnings

Non-taxable foreign interest income

Stock compensation

Valuation allowance

Change in uncertain tax positions

Return to provision

Disallowed officer compensation

Cash repatriation

Unremitted earnings

Hedging gain

Global intangible low-taxed income

Deferred tax adjustments

Other

Total income tax expense

October 1,
2023
21.0%

Fiscal Year Ended
October 2,
2022
21.0%

October 3,
2021
21.0%

2.2

(0.5)

1.5

—

(0.4)

—

11.6

1.1

1.2

—

0.2

(5.7)

0.5

(1.0)

0.1

2.1

(1.0)

1.0

—

(2.0)

0.2

(1.1)

1.4

1.9

0.1

(0.2)

—

—

0.1

1.0

2.3

(2.6)

0.9

(1.0)

(3.3)

(9.3)

1.7

(3.7)

2.0

2.1

1.0

—

—

0.8

0.9

31.8%

24.5%

12.8%

The effective tax rates for fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021 were 31.8%, 24.5% and 12.8%, respectively. The fiscal  2023 
income  tax  expense  included  non-operating  income  tax  expenses  totaling  $20.6 million to  (i)  increase  the  tax  liability  for 
uncertain tax positions related  to certain  U.S. tax credits and an intercompany financing transaction, (ii)  to recognize the tax 
liability  for  foreign  earnings,  primarily  in  the  U.K.  and Australia,  that  are  no  longer  indefinitely  reinvested. The  fiscal  2021 
effective  tax  rate  reflects  a  non-recurring  net  tax  benefit  of  $21.6 million,  consisting  of  a  valuation  allowance  in  the  United 
Kingdom  that  was  released  due  to  sufficient  positive  evidence  being  obtained  in  fiscal  2021.  The  valuation  allowance  was 
primarily related to net operating loss carry-forwards. We  evaluated the positive evidence against any negative  evidence  and 
determined that it was more likely than not that the deferred tax assets would be realized. The primary factors used to assess the 
likelihood  of  realization  were  the  past  performance  of  the  related  entity  and  our  forecast  of  future  taxable  income.  In  fiscal 
2021, we repatriated approximately $80 million from Canada and recognized a related tax expense of $5.6 million. At that time, 
we also determined that our remaining undistributed earnings in Canada of approximately $20.1 million were no longer being 
indefinitely reinvested and recorded an additional deferred tax liability/expense of $3.1 million. Also, income tax expense was 
reduced by $4.6 million, $10.3 million and $12.9 million of excess tax benefits on share-based payments in fiscal 2023, 2022 
and 2021, respectively.  

Excluding  the  impact  of  increasing  the  tax  liability  for  uncertain  tax  positions,  the  valuation  allowance  release,  the 
foreign earnings repatriation and the excess tax benefits on share-based payments our effective tax rates in fiscal 2023, 2022 
and 2021 were 27.8%, 27.5% and 25.7% respectively. 

We  are  currently  under  examination  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  for  fiscal  years  from  2018  to  2021,  and  the 

Canada Revenue Agency for fiscal 2011 through 2016. We are also subject to various other state audits.

Temporary differences comprising the net deferred income tax asset shown on the accompanying consolidated balance 

sheets were as follows (in thousands): 

72 

Deferred Tax Assets:

State taxes

Reserves and contingent liabilities

Accounts receivable including the allowance for doubtful accounts

Accrued liabilities

Lease liabilities, operating leases

Stock-based compensation

Unbilled revenue

Loss and other carry-forwards

Property and equipment

Capitalized research and development

Capped call transactions

Valuation allowance

Total deferred tax assets

Deferred Tax Liabilities:

Prepaid expense

Right-of-use assets, operating leases

Intangibles

Undistributed earnings

Property and equipment

Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax assets

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1,
2023

October 2,
2022

$ 

2,686  $ 

2,849 

5,323 

64,155 

53,437 

1,900 

3,090 

62,777 

552 

17,778 

12,696 

1,238 

5,023 

4,986 

35,973 

49,618 

2,925 

4,885 

41,648 

— 

— 

— 

(11,663)

215,580 

(12,286)

134,010 

(2,703)

(53,437)

(83,242)

(1,453)

— 

(6,065)

(49,618)

(42,863)

(2,200)

(621)

(140,835)

(101,367)

$ 

74,745  $ 

32,643 

Our foreign earnings are not considered indefinitely reinvested and any potential tax liability that would be incurred 

upon repatriation is recognized currently with the related income.  

At October 1, 2023, we had available unused federal net operating loss (“NOL”) carry forwards of $37.5 million that 
has no expiration date; state net operating loss carry forwards of $26.0 million that expire at various dates from 2024 to 2037; 
and available foreign NOL carry forwards of $170.8 million, of which $21.1 million expire at various dates from 2024 to 2043, 
and  $149.7  million  have  no  expiration  date.  In  addition,  we  had  foreign  capital  loss  carryforwards  of  $18.4 million,  foreign 
corporate interest restriction allowances of $6.2 million, and foreign research and development credits of $4.5 million that do 
not have expiration dates. We have performed an assessment of positive and negative evidence regarding the realization of the 
deferred  tax  assets.  This  assessment  included  the  evaluation  of  scheduled  reversals  of  deferred  tax  liabilities,  availability  of 
carrybacks,  cumulative  losses  in  recent  years,  estimates  of  projected  future  taxable  income  and  tax  planning  strategies. 
Although realization is not assured, based on our assessment, we have concluded that it is more likely than not that the assets 
will be realized except for the deferred tax assets related to certain loss carry-forwards for which a valuation allowance of $11.7 
million has been provided. 

At October 1, 2023, we had $53.6 million of unrecognized tax benefits, all of which, if recognized, would affect our 
effective  tax  rate.  It  is  reasonably  possible  that  the  amount  of  the  unrecognized  tax  benefits  with  respect  to  certain  of  our 
unrecognized tax positions may not significantly decrease in the next 12 months. These changes would be the result of ongoing 
examinations. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands): 

73 

Beginning balance

Acquisition of RPS Group

Additions for current fiscal year tax positions

Additions for prior fiscal year tax positions

Reductions for prior fiscal year tax positions

Settlements

Ending balance

October 1,
2023

Fiscal Year Ended
October 2,
2022

October 3,
2021

$ 

8,908  $ 

12,899  $ 

6,012 

27,272 

14,602 

(1,358)

(1,817)

— 

— 

— 

(3,014)

(977)

9,228 

— 

2,171 

1,500 

— 

— 

$ 

53,619  $ 

8,908  $ 

12,899 

We recognize potential interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. During fiscal 
2023, 2022 and 2021, we accrued additional interest and penalties of $4.6 million, $0.5 million and $0.8 million, respectively, 
and recorded reductions in accrued interest and penalties of $2.0 million, $0.4 million and $0, respectively, as a result of audit 
settlements and other prior-year adjustments. The amount of interest and penalties accrued at October 1, 2023, October 2, 2022 
and October 3, 2021 was $8.0 million, $5.3 million and $5.2 million, respectively. 

9.           Long-Term Debt  

Long-term debt consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Credit facilities

Convertible notes

Debt issuance costs and discount

Less: Current portion of long-term debt

Long-term debt

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1,
2023

October 2,
2022

$ 

320,000  $ 

258,754 

575,000 

(15,471)

— 

$ 

879,529  $ 

— 

— 

(12,504)

246,250 

On August  22,  2023,  we  issued  $575.0 million  in  convertible  notes  that  bear  interest  at  a  rate  of  2.25%  per  annum 
payable in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, beginning on February 15, 2024 and mature on August 15, 2028, 
unless  converted,  redeemed  or  repurchased  (the  "Convertible  Notes").  Prior  to  May  15,  2028,  the  Convertible  Notes  will  be 
convertible at the option of the holders only upon the occurrence of certain events and during certain periods. Thereafter, the 
Convertible  Notes  will  be  convertible  at  the  option  of  the  holders  at  any  time  until  the  close  of  business  on  the  second 
scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date.

The  initial  conversion  rate  applicable  to  the  Convertible  Notes  is  5.0855  shares  of  our  common  stock  per  $1,000 
principal amount  of the Convertible Notes, which is equivalent to an initial  price of approximately $196.64 per share  of our 
common stock, subject to adjustment if certain events occur. Upon conversion, we will pay cash up to the aggregate principal 
amount of the Convertible Notes to be converted and pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of our common stock or a 
combination of  cash  and  shares  of  our  common  stock,  at  our  election,  in respect  of  the  remainder,  if  any, of  our  conversion 
obligation  in  excess  of  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  the  Convertible  Notes  being  converted.  In  addition,  upon  the 
occurrence of a "fundamental change" as defined in the indenture governing the Convertible Notes, holders may require us to 
repurchase for cash all or any portion of their Convertible Notes at a fundamental change repurchase price equal to 100% of the 
principal amount of the Convertible Notes to be repurchased plus any accrued and unpaid interest. If certain corporate events 
occur  prior  to  the  maturity  date  of  the  Convertible  Notes  or  if  we  deliver  a  notice  of  redemption,  we  will,  in  certain 
circumstances, increase the  conversion rate  for a  holder who elects to  convert its Convertible  Notes in connection with such 
event or notice of redemption.

We will not be able to redeem the Convertible Notes prior to August 20, 2026. On or after August 20, 2026, we have 
the option to redeem for cash all or any portion of the Convertible Notes if the last reported sale price of our common stock is 
equal to or greater than 130% of the conversion price for a specified period of time at a redemption price equal to 100% of the 
principal amount of the Convertible Notes to be redeemed, plus any accrued but unpaid interest. In addition, as described in the 
indenture governing  the  Convertible  Notes,  certain  events  of  default  including, but  not  limited  to,  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or 
reorganization, may result in the Convertible Notes becoming due and payable immediately.  

Our net proceeds from the offering were approximately $560.5 million after deducting the initial purchasers’ discounts 
and commissions and offering expenses. We used approximately $51.8 million of the net proceeds to pay the cost of the capped 

74 

call transactions described below. We used the remaining net proceeds to repay all $185.0 million principal amount outstanding 
under our revolving credit facility, the remaining $234.4 million principal amount  outstanding  under our senior secured  term 
loan due 2027 and approximately $89.4 million principal amount outstanding under our senior secured term loan due 2026. 

The Convertible Notes were recorded as a single unit within "Long-term debt" in our fiscal 2023 year-end consolidated 
balance sheet as the conversion option within the Convertible Notes was not a derivative that would require bifurcation and the 
Convertible  Notes  did  not  involve  a  substantial  premium. Transaction  costs  to  issue  the  Convertible  Notes  were  recorded  as 
direct deductions from the related debt liabilities and amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the 
terms of the Convertible Notes. Debt issuance costs for the Convertible Notes have been amortized to interest expense over the 
terms of the Convertible Notes at an effective annual interest rate of 2.79%. 

The net carrying amount of the Convertible Notes was as follows (in thousands): 

Principal

Unamortized discount and issuance costs

Net carrying amount

Balance at
October 1,
2023

$ 

$ 

575,000 

(14,158)

560,842 

The following table sets forth the interest expense recognized related to the Convertible Notes (in thousands): 

Interest expense

Amortization of discount and issuance costs

Total interest expense

Balance at
October 1,
2023

$ 

$ 

1,438 

292 

1,730 

Concurrent with the offering of the Convertible Notes, in August 2023, we entered into capped call transactions (the 
"Capped Call Transactions"). The Capped Call Transactions are expected generally to reduce the potential dilution our common 
stock  upon conversion of the Convertible Notes and/or offset any cash payments we elect to make in excess of the  principal 
amount of converted Convertible Notes, as the case may be. If, however, the market price per share of our common stock, as 
measured under the terms of the Capped Call Transactions, exceeds the cap price of the Capped Call Transactions, there would 
nevertheless be dilution and/or there would not be an offset of such cash payments, in each case, to the extent that such market 
price exceeds the cap price of the Capped Call Transactions. The cap price of the Capped Call Transactions is initially $259.56 
per share, which represents a premium of 65% over the last reported sale price of our common stock of $157.31 per share on 
the NASDAQ Global Select Market on August 17, 2023, and is subject to certain adjustments under the terms of the Capped 
Call  Transactions.  We  recorded  the  Capped  Call  Transactions  as  separate  transactions  from  the  issuance  of  the  Convertible 
Notes. The cost of $51.8 million incurred to purchase the Capped Call Transactions was recorded as a reduction to additional 
paid-in capital (net of $12.9 million in deferred taxes) on our consolidated balance sheet as of fiscal 2023 year-end.

On October 26, 2022, we entered into a Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement that provides for an additional 
$500 million  senior  secured  term  loan  facility  (the  "New  Term  Loan  Facility")  increasing  our  total  borrowing  capacity  to 
$1.55 billion. The New Term Loan Facility will mature in January 2026. On January 23, 2023, we drew the entire amount of the 
New  Term  Loan  Facility  to  partially  finance  the  RPS  acquisition.  The  New  Term  Loan  Facility  is  not  subject  to  any 
amortization payments of principal and matures on the third anniversary of the RPS acquisition closing date in January 2026.

On  February  18,  2022,  we  entered  into Amendment  No.  2 to  our  Second Amended  and  Restated  Credit Agreement 
(“Amended  Credit  Agreement”)  with  a  total  borrowing  capacity  of  $1.05 billion  that  will  mature  in  February  2027.  The 
Amended  Credit  Agreement  is  a  $750 million  senior  secured,  five-year  facility  that  provides  for  a  $250 million  term  loan 
facility  (the  “Amended  Term  Loan  Facility”)  and  a  $500 million  revolving  credit  facility  (the  “Amended  Revolving  Credit 
Facility”). In addition, the Amended Credit Agreement includes a $300 million accordion feature that allows us to increase the 
Amended Credit Agreement to $1.05 billion subject to lender approval. The Amended Credit Agreement provides for, among 
other  things,  (i)  refinance  indebtedness  under  our  Credit  Agreement  dated  as  of  July  30,  2018;  (ii)  finance  open  market 
repurchases  of  common  stock,  acquisitions  and  cash  dividends  and  distributions;  and  (iii)  utilize  the  proceeds  for  working 
capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. The Amended Credit Agreement provides for a reduction in 
the interest grid for meeting certain sustainability targets related to the (i) reduction of greenhouse gas emissions through the 
Company’s  projects  and  operational  sustainability  initiatives  and  (ii)  improvement  of  peoples’  lives  as  a  result  of  the 
Company’s  projects  that  provide  environmental,  social  and  governance  benefits.  The  Amended  Revolving  Credit  Facility 

75 

includes a $100 million sublimit for the issuance of standby letters of credit, a $20 million sublimit for swingline loans and a 
$300 million sublimit for multicurrency borrowings and letters of credit. 

The entire Amended Term Loan Facility was drawn on February 18, 2022. We may borrow on the Amended Revolving 
Credit Facility, at our option, at either (a) a benchmark rate plus a margin that ranges from 1.000% to 1.875% per annum, or (b) 
a base rate for loans in U.S. dollars (the highest of the U.S. federal funds rate plus 0.50% per annum, the bank’s prime rate or 
the Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR") rate plus 1.00%, plus a margin that ranges from 0% to 0.875% per annum. In 
each case, the applicable margin is based on our Consolidated Leverage Ratio, calculated quarterly. The Amended Term Loan 
Facility is subject to the same interest rate provisions. The Amended Credit Agreement expires in February 2027, or earlier at 
our discretion upon payment in full of loans and other obligations. 

At fiscal 2023 year-end, we had $320 million in outstanding borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement, which 
was all under the New Term Loan Facility, and no borrowings under the Amended Revolving Credit Facility. The weighted-
average interest rate of the outstanding borrowings during fiscal 2023 was 5.71%. In addition, we had $0.7 million in standby 
letters  of  credit  under  the  Amended  Credit  Agreement.  Our  year-to-date  weighted-average  interest  rate  on  borrowings 
outstanding  during  fiscal  2022  under  the Amended  Credit Agreement,  including  the  effects  of  interest  rate  swap  agreements 
described  in  Note  14,  “Derivative  Financial  Instruments”  of  the  "Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements"  included  in 
Item 8,  was  5.37%.  At  October 1,  2023,  we  had  $499.3  million  of  available  credit  under  the  Amended  Revolving  Credit 
Facility, all of which could be borrowed without a violation of our debt covenants. 

The  Amended  Credit  Agreement  contains  certain  affirmative  and  restrictive  covenants,  and  customary  events  of 
default.  The  financial  covenants  provide  for  a  maximum  Consolidated  Leverage  Ratio  of  3.25  to  1.00  (total  funded 
debt/EBITDA, as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) and a minimum Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of 3.00 to 
1.00  (EBITDA/Consolidated  Interest  Charges,  as  defined  in  the  Amended  Credit  Agreement).  Our  obligations  under  the 
Amended Credit Agreement are guaranteed by certain of our domestic subsidiaries and are secured by first priority liens on (i) 
the  equity  interests  of  certain  of  our  subsidiaries,  including  those  subsidiaries  that  are  guarantors  or  borrowers  under  the 
Amended  Credit Agreement,  and  (ii)  the  accounts  receivable,  general  intangibles  and  intercompany  loans,  and  those  of  our 
subsidiaries  that  are  guarantors  or  borrowers. At  fiscal  2023  year-end,  we  were  in  compliance  with  these  covenants  with  a 
consolidated leverage ratio of 1.79x and a consolidated interest coverage ratio of 9.84x.  

In addition to the Amended Credit Agreement, we maintain other credit facilities, which may be used for short-term 
cash advances and bank guarantees. At fiscal 2023 year-end, there were no outstanding borrowings under these facilities and the 
aggregate amount of standby letters of credit outstanding was $54.9 million. As of October 1, 2023 we had no bank overdrafts 
related to our disbursement bank accounts.  

The following table presents scheduled maturities of our long-term debt (in thousands): 

2026

2028

Total

10.         Leases    

Amount

320,000 

575,000 

895,000 

$ 

Our operating leases are primarily for corporate and project office spaces. To a much lesser extent, we have operating 
leases for vehicles and equipment. Our operating leases have remaining lease terms of one month to ten years, some of which 
may include options to extend the leases for up to five years.  

We determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in "Right-of-use assets, operating 
leases",  "Short-term  lease  liabilities,  operating  leases"  and  "Long-term  lease  liabilities,  operating  leases"  in  the  consolidated 
balance sheets. Our finance leases are primarily for certain IT equipment. Our finance leases are immaterial. 

ROU  assets  represent  our  right  to  use  an  underlying  asset  for  the  lease  term  and  lease  liabilities  represent  our 
obligation  to  make  lease  payments  arising  from  the  lease.  Operating  lease  ROU  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  at 
commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As most of our leases do not provide an 
implicit rate, incremental borrowing rates are used based on  the information available at commencement date in determining 
the  present  value  of  lease  payments.  The  operating  lease  ROU  asset  at  the  commencement  date  also  includes  any  lease 
payments made to the lessor at or before the commencement date and initial direct costs less lease incentives received. Lease 
terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise that option. Lease 
expense for operating lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

76 

In fiscal 2023, we exited certain lease arrangements as a result of the RPS acquisition and its subsequent integration. 
Accordingly, we evaluated the ongoing value of the ROU assets associated with the discontinued lease agreements. Based on 
this evaluation, we determined that some long-lived assets were no longer recoverable and were in fact impaired.  Fair value 
was based on expected future cash flows using Level 3 inputs under Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, Fair Value 
Measurement ("ASC 820"). The cash flows are those expected to be generated by the market participants, discounted at a real 
estate-based  rate  of  interest. As  a  result  of  our  evaluation,  we  recorded  a  $16.4 million  non-cash  charge  related  to  the  ROU 
operating lease asset impairment which was reported in our fiscal 2023 statement of income, and a corresponding decrease to 
our ROU assets operating leases on our consolidated balance sheet as of fiscal 2023 year-end.

The components of lease costs are as follows (in thousands): 

Operating lease cost

Sublease income

Total lease cost

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases is as follows (in thousands): 

Operating cash flows for operating leases

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities 

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1,
2023

October 2,
2022

$ 

$ 

93,674  $ 

86,725 

(740)

(150)

92,934  $ 

86,575 

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1,
2023

October 2,
2022

$ 

78,268  $ 

70,552 

71,365 

44,096 

77 

Supplemental balance sheet and other information related to leases are as follows (in thousands): 

Operating leases:

Right-of-use assets

Lease liabilities:

Current

Non-current

Total operating lease liabilities

Weighted-average remaining lease term:

Operating leases

Weighted-average discount rate:

Operating leases

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1,
2023

October 2,
2022

$ 

175,932 

$ 

182,319 

65,005 

144,685 

57,865 

146,285 

$ 

209,690 

$ 

204,150 

5 years

5 years

3.0  %

2.2 %

As of fiscal 2023 year-end, we had $8.3 million of operating leases that have not yet commenced.  

A maturity analysis of the future undiscounted cash flows associated with our operating lease liabilities as of fiscal 

2023 year-end is as follows (in thousands): 

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

Beyond

Total lease payments

Less: imputed interest

Total present value of lease liabilities

11.         Stockholders' Equity and Stock Compensation Plans  

At fiscal 2023 year-end, we had the following stock-based compensation plans: 

$ 

Amount

69,562 

53,685 

36,013 

24,904 

16,545 

25,671 

226,380 

(16,690)

$ 

209,690 

•

•

•

2015  Equity  Incentive  Plan  ("2015  EIP").  Key  employees  and  non-employee  directors  may  be  granted  equity 
awards,  including  stock  options,  performance  share  units  ("PSUs")  and  RSUs.  Shares  issued  with  respect  to 
awards granted under the 2015 EIP other than stock options or stock appreciation rights, which are referred to as 
"full value awards", are counted against the 2015 EIP's aggregate share limit as three shares for every share or unit 
actually issued. No awards have been made under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan since the adoption of the 2018 
Equity Incentive Plan on March 8, 2018 as described below.  

2018  Equity  Incentive  Plan  ("2018  EIP").  Key  employees  and  non-employee  directors  may  be  granted  equity 
awards, including stock options,  PSUs and RSUs. Shares issued with respect to awards  granted under the 2018 
EIP other than stock options or stock appreciation rights, which are referred to as "full value awards", are counted 
against the 2018 EIP's aggregate share limit as one share for every share or unit issued. At fiscal 2023 year-end, 
there were 2.7 million shares available for future awards pursuant to the 2018 EIP. 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP").  Purchase rights to purchase common stock are granted to our eligible 
full  and  part-time  employees,  and  shares  of  common  stock  are  issued  upon  exercise  of  the  purchase  rights. An 
aggregate of 282,350 shares may be issued pursuant to such exercise. The maximum amount that an employee can 
contribute during a purchase right period is $5,000. The exercise price of a purchase right is the lesser of 100% of 
the fair market value of a share of common stock on the first day of the purchase right period (the business day 
preceding January 1) or 85% of the fair market value on the last day of the purchase right period (December 15, or 
the business day preceding December 15 if December 15 is not a business day). 

78 

 
 
The following table presents our stock-based compensation and related income tax benefits (in thousands): 

Total stock-based compensation

Income tax benefit related to stock-based compensation

Stock-based compensation, net of tax benefit

October 1,
2023

Fiscal Year Ended
October 2,
2022

October 3,
2021

$ 

$ 

28,607  $ 

26,227  $ 

(5,779)

(5,377)

22,828  $ 

20,850  $ 

23,067 

(4,910)

18,157 

We  recognize  the  fair  value  of  our  stock-based  awards  as  compensation  expense  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the 
requisite service period in which the award vests. Most of these amounts were included in selling, general and administrative 
expenses on our consolidated statements of income.

Stock Options 

The following table presents our stock option activity for fiscal 2023 year-end: 

Outstanding on October 2, 2022

Exercised

Forfeited

Outstanding on October 1, 2023

Vested or expected to vest on October 1, 2023

Exercisable on October 1, 2023

Number of
Options
(in thousands)

Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
per Share

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)

168  $ 
(20)

— 

148  $ 

148  $ 

148  $ 

38.62 
32.30 

— 

39.45 

39.45 

39.45 

3.20

3.20

3.20

$ 

$ 

$ 

16,708 

16,708 

16,708 

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total intrinsic value (the difference between our closing 
stock  price  on  the  last  trading  day  of  fiscal  2023  and  the  exercise  price,  times  the  number  of  shares)  that  would  have  been 
received by the in-the-money option holders if they had exercised their options on October 1, 2023. This amount will change 
based on the fair market value of our stock.  

No stock options were granted in fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during 

fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $2.5 million, $5.7 million and $29.4 million, respectively. 

Net cash proceeds from the exercise of stock options were $0.6 million, $1.8 million and $11.3 million for fiscal 2023, 
2022 and 2021, respectively. Our policy is to issue shares from our authorized shares upon the exercise of stock options. The 
actual income tax benefit realized from exercises of nonqualified stock options for fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $0.6 million, 
$1.3 million and $6.7 million, respectively. 

RSU and PSU  

RSU awards are granted to our key employee and non-employee directors. The fair value of the RSU was determined 
at the date of grant using the market price of the underlying common stock as of the date of grant. All of the RSUs have time-
based vesting over a four-year period, except that RSUs awarded to directors vest after one year. The total compensation cost of 
the awards is then amortized over their applicable vesting period on a straight-line basis. 

PSU awards are granted to our executive officers and non-employee directors. All of the PSUs are performance-based 
and vest, if at all, after the conclusion of the three-year performance period.  The number of PSUs that ultimately vest is based 
50% on growth in our EPS and 50% on our relative total shareholder return over the vesting period. For these performance-
based awards, our expected performance is reviewed to estimate the percentage of shares that will vest. The total compensation 
cost of the awards is then amortized over their applicable vesting period on a straight-line basis.  

79 

A summary of the RSU and PSU activity under our stock plans is as follows: 

RSU

PSU

Number of
Shares
(in thousands)

Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
per Share

Number of
Shares
(in thousands)

Weighted-
Average 
Grant Date
Fair Value
per Share

Nonvested balance at September 27, 2020

444  $ 

Granted

Vested
Adjustment (1)
Forfeited

Nonvested balance at October 3, 2021

Granted

Vested
Adjustment (1)
Forfeited

Nonvested balance at October 2, 2022

Granted

Vested
Adjustment (1)
Forfeited

118 

(167)

— 

(14)

381 

78 

(147)

— 

(13)

299 

105 

(119)

— 

(16)

Nonvested balance at October 1, 2023

269  $ 

63.93 

122.02 

59.64 

— 

77.74 

83.30 

184.61

77.47 

— 

109.01 

111.40 

156.33

104.05 

— 

140.01 

130.58 

355  $ 

58 

(193)

99 

(1)

318 

42 

(176)

88 

— 

272 

56 

(138)

69 

(9)

250  $ 

64.83 

153.03 

57.40 

57.40 

74.05 

82.96 

247.16 

80.17 

80.63 

— 

109.23 

195.50 

99.85 

99.85 

193.69 

128.21 

(1)   Fiscal 2021 includes a payout adjustment of 99,214 PSUs due to the actual performance level achieved for PSUs granted in fiscal 2018 that vested during 
fiscal 2021. Fiscal 2022 includes a payout adjustment of 88,198 PSUs due to the actual performance level achieved for PSUs granted in fiscal 2019 that vested 
during fiscal 2022. Fiscal 2023 includes a payout adjustment of 68,792 PSUs due to the actual performance level achieved for PSUs granted in fiscal 2020 that 
vested during fiscal 2023. 

In  fiscal  2023,  2022  and  2021,  we  awarded  105,082,  77,844  and  117,934  shares  of  RSUs,  respectively,  to  our  key 
employees and non-employee directors. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of RSUs granted during fiscal 2023, 2022 
and 2021 was $156.33, $184.61 and $122.02, respectively. At fiscal 2023 year-end, there were 269,424 RSUs outstanding. RSU 
forfeitures  result  from  employment  terminations  prior  to  vesting.  Forfeited  shares  return  to  the  pool  of  authorized  shares 
available for award. We use historical data as a basis to estimate the probability of forfeitures related to RSUs and the ESPP 
Plan.

In fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021, we awarded 56,214, 41,734 and 57,542 shares of PSUs, respectively, to our executive 
officers and non-employee directors. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of PSUs granted in fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021 
was $195.50, $247.16 and $153.03, respectively. At fiscal 2023 year-end, there were 249,880 PSUs outstanding.

The stock-based compensation expense related to RSUs and PSUs for fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $26.2 million, 
$23.9 million and $20.9 million, respectively, and was included in total stock-based compensation expense. The actual income 
tax  benefit  realized  from  RSUs  and  PSUs  for  fiscal  2023,  2022  and  2021  was  $4.0 million,  $9.1 million  and  $6.2 million, 
respectively.  At  fiscal  2023  year-end,  there  was  $38.8  million  of  unrecognized  stock-based  compensation  costs  related  to 
nonvested RSUs and PSUs that will be substantially recognized by fiscal 2026 year-end. 

80 

ESPP 

The  following  table  summarizes  shares  purchased,  weighted-average  purchase  price,  and  cash  received  for  shares 

purchased under the ESPP (in thousands, except for purchase price):

Shares purchased

Weighted-average purchase price per share

Cash received from exercise of purchase rights

October 1,
2023

Fiscal Year Ended
October 2,
2022

October 3,
2021

98 

128.29  $ 

12,628  $ 

106 

114.17  $ 

12,129  $ 

124 

86.16 

10,705 

$ 

$ 

The grant date fair value of each award granted under the ESPP was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing 

model with the following assumptions: 

Dividend yield

Expected stock price volatility

Risk-free rate of return, annual

Expected life (in years)

October 1,
2023
0.7%

38.0%

4.7%

1

Fiscal Year Ended
October 2,
2022
1.0%

32.2%

0.4%

1

October 3,
2021
1.0%

47.9%

0.1%

1

For  fiscal  2023,  2022  and  2021,  we  based  our  expected  stock  price  volatility  on  historical  volatility  behavior  and 
current  implied  volatility  behavior.  The  risk-free  rate  of  return  was  based  on  constant  maturity  rates  provided  by  the  U.S. 
Treasury. The expected life was based on the ESPP terms and conditions. 

Stock-based  compensation  expense  for  fiscal  2023,  2022  and  2021  included  $2.4  million,  $2.3  million  and  $2.0 
million, respectively, related to the ESPP. The unrecognized stock-based compensation costs for awards granted under the ESPP 
at fiscal 2023 and 2022 year-ends were $0.6 million and $0.6 million, respectively. At fiscal 2023 year-end, ESPP participants 
had accumulated $12 million to purchase our common stock. 

81 

12.         Retirement Plans 

We  have  defined  contribution  plans  in  various  countries  where  we  have  employees.  This  primarily  includes  401(k) 
plans in the United States. For fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021, employer contributions to the U.S. plans were $31.6 million, $29.3 
million and $26.9 million, respectively.

Additionally,  we  have  established  a  non-qualified  deferred  compensation  plan  for  certain  key  employees  and  non-
employee  directors. These  eligible  employees  and  non-employee  directors  may  elect  to  defer  the  receipt  of  salary,  incentive 
payments, restricted stock, PSU and RSU awards and non-employee director fees. The plan is accounted for in accordance with 
applicable authoritative guidance on accounting for deferred compensation arrangements where amounts earned are held in a 
rabbi trust and invested. Employee deferrals are deposited into a rabbi trust, and the funds are generally invested in individual 
variable life insurance contracts that we own and are specifically designed to informally fund savings plans of this nature. At 
fiscal 2023 and 2022 year-ends, the consolidated balance sheets reflect assets of $43.5 million and $36.7 million, respectively, 
related  to  the  deferred  compensation  plan  in  "Other  long-term  assets,"  and  liabilities  of  $43.4  million  and  $36.3  million, 
respectively, related to the deferred compensation plan in "Other long-term liabilities."  The net gains and losses related to the 
deferred  compensation  plan  are  reported  as  part  of  “Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses”  in  our  consolidated 
statements of income. These related net gains and losses were immaterial for fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021. 

In  connection  with  the  acquisition  of  HLE  in  fiscal  2021,  we  assumed  a  defined  benefit  pension  plan  (the  “Plan”), 
which HLE operates for all qualifying employees. The assets of the Plan are held in a separate trustee administered fund. The 
Plan was closed to new entrants in August 2003, except for current employees who had not attained the age of 24 at that date. 
The Plan was closed to future accrual on December 31, 2009. Under the agreed schedule of contributions, HLE will make no 
further contributions, and is to pay the expenses of administering the plan.

The change in the defined benefit obligation, the change in fair value of plan assets and the amounts recognized in the 
Consolidated Statement of Income, the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income and the Consolidated Statements of 
Shareholders’ Equity for fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022 were immaterial.

The Plan's funded status was as follows (in thousands):

Fair value of plan assets

Benefit obligation

Net surplus

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1,
2023

October 2,
2022

$ 

$ 

39,572  $ 

(35,303)

4,269  $ 

36,250 

(33,006)

3,244 

The net surplus is reflected in other long-term assets on our consolidated balance  sheets as  of fiscal  2023 and 2022 
year-ends. The plan is closed to new participants and to future benefit accrual. The benefits paid in fiscal 2023 and 2022 were 
$1.3 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

The  fair  values  of  the  plan  assets  are  substantially  categorized  within  Level  2  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy.  The  fair 

values of the plan assets by major asset categories were as follows (in thousands):

Equities

Mutual funds

Liability driven investment funds

Bonds

Cash/other

Fair value of plan assets

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1,
2023

October 2,
2022

$ 

2,213  $ 

20,458 

13,807 

2,354 

740 

8,390 

20,886 

6,484 

— 

490 

$ 

39,572  $ 

36,250 

We  seek  a  competitive  rate  of  return  relative  to  an  appropriate  level  of  risk  depending  on  the  funded  status  and 
obligations  of  each  plan  and  typically  employ  both  active  and  passive  investment  management  strategies.  The  risk  in  our 
practices  includes  diversification  across  asset  classes  and  investment  styles  and  periodic  rebalancing  toward  asset  allocation 
targets. The target asset allocation selected for each plan reflects a risk/return profile that we believe is appropriate relative to 
each plan’s liability structure and return goals.  

82 

Principal assumptions used for the benefit obligation in the valuation are as follows: 

Discount rate

Rate of inflation

13.         Earnings per Share 

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1,
2023

October 2,
2022

5.35  %

4.75 %

2.80% to 3.35%

2.95% to 3.55%

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  number  of  weighted-average  shares  used  to  compute  basic  and  diluted  EPS  (in 

thousands, except per share data): 

October 1,
2023

Fiscal Year Ended
October 2,
2022

October 3,
2021

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech

$ 

273,420  $ 

263,125  $ 

232,810 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding – basic

Effect of diluted stock options and unvested restricted stock

Weighted-average common stock outstanding – diluted

53,203

434 

53,637 

53,620

543 

54,163 

54,078

597 

54,675 

Earnings per share attributable to Tetra Tech:

Basic

Diluted

$ 

$

5.14  $ 

5.10

$

4.91  $ 

4.86

$

4.31 

4.26

For fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021, no options were excluded from the calculation of dilutive potential common shares. 
The Convertible Notes had no impact on the calculation of dilutive potential common shares in fiscal 2023, as the price of our 
common stock did not exceed the conversion price. The Capped Call Transactions are excluded from the calculation of dilutive 
potential common shares as their effect is anti-dilutive.  

14.         Derivative Financial Instruments 

We  use  certain  interest  rate  derivative  contracts  to  hedge  interest  rate  exposures  on  our variable  rate debt. Also,  we 
may enter into foreign currency derivative contracts with financial institutions to reduce the risk that cash flows and earnings 
could adversely be affected by foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. Our hedging program is not designated for trading 
or speculative purposes. 

We recognize derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at 
fair value. We record changes in the fair value (i.e., gains or losses) of the derivatives that have been designated as cash flow 
hedges in our consolidated balance sheets as accumulated other comprehensive income, and in our consolidated statements of 
income for those derivatives designated as fair value hedges. Our derivative contracts are categorized within Level 2 of the fair 
value hierarchy. 

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022, we entered into a forward contract to acquire GBP 714.0 million at a rate of 1.0852 
for  a  total  of  USD  774.8 million  that  was  integrated  with  our  plan  to  acquire  RPS.  This  contract  matured  on  December  30, 
2022. On December 28, 2022, we entered into an extension of the integrated forward contract to acquire GBP 714.0 million at a 
rate of 1.086 for a  total of  USD 775.4 million, extending the  maturity date to January 23, 2023,  the  closing  date  of the RPS 
acquisition. Although an effective economic hedge of our foreign exchange risk related to this transaction, the forward contract 
did  not  qualify  for  hedge  accounting.  As  a  result,  the  forward  contract  was  marked-to-market  with  changes  in  fair  value 
recognized in earnings each period. The intrinsic value of the forward contract was immaterial at inception as the GBP/USD 
spot  and  forward  exchange  rates  were  essentially  the  same.  The  fair  value  of  the  forward  contract  at  October  2,  2022  was 
$19.9 million,  and  an  unrealized  gain  of  the  same  amount  was  recognized  in  our  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2022  results.  On 
January  23,  2023,  the  forward  contract  was  settled  at  the  fair  value  of  $109.3 million.  We  recognized  additional  gains  of 
$68.0 million and $21.4 million in the first and second quarters of fiscal 2023, respectively. All gains related to this transaction 
were reported in “Other non-operating income" on our consolidated income statements for the respective periods. 

In fiscal 2018, we  entered into five interest rate swap agreements that  we designated as cash flow  hedges to fix the 
interest rates on the borrowings under our term loan facility. The five swaps expired on July 31, 2023. At fiscal 2022 year-end, 
the fair value of the effective portion of our interest rate swap agreements designated as cash flow hedges before tax effect was 
an  unrealized  gain  of  $2.4  million,  which  was  reported  in  "Other  non-current  assets"  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheet. 

83 

Additionally, the related loss of $2.4 million, a gain of $11.8 million and a gain of $6.1 million for fiscal year ended 2023, 2022 
and 2021, respectively, were recognized and reported on our consolidated statements of comprehensive income. There were no 
other derivative instruments that were not designated as hedging instruments for fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021. 

15.         Reclassifications Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

The accumulated balances and reporting period activities for fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021 related to reclassifications out 

of accumulated other comprehensive income are summarized as follows (in thousands): 

Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments

Gain (Loss)
on Derivative
Instruments

Net Pension 
Adjustments

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Balances at September 27, 2020

$ 

(146,275) $ 

(15,511) $ 

—  $ 

(161,786)

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

30,641 

12,175 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other 
comprehensive income

Interest rate contracts, net of tax (1)

Net current-period other comprehensive 
income

— 

(6,058)

30,641 

6,117 

— 

— 

— 

42,816 

(6,058)

36,758 

Balances at October 3, 2021

$ 

(115,634) $ 

(9,394) $ 

—  $ 

(125,028)

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

(94,922)

15,937 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other 
comprehensive income

Interest rate contracts, net of tax (1)

Net current-period other comprehensive (loss) 
income

— 

(4,131)

(94,922)

11,806 

— 

— 

— 

Balances at October 2, 2022

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

$ 

(210,556) $ 
12,623

2,412  $ 
(5,192)

—  $ 

2,638

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other 
comprehensive income

Interest rate contracts, net of tax (1)

Net current-period other comprehensive 
income (loss)

— 

2,780 

— 

12,623 

(2,412)

2,638 

(78,985)

(4,131)

(83,116)

(208,144)
10,069

2,780 

12,849 

Balances at October 1, 2023

$ 

(197,933) $ 

—  $ 

2,638  $ 

(195,295)

(1)    This accumulated other comprehensive component is reclassified to "Interest expense" in our consolidated statements of income. See Note 14, "Derivative 
Financial Instruments", for more information.

16.         Fair Value Measurements 

Derivative  Instruments.     Our derivative instruments are categorized within  Level  2 of the  fair value  hierarchy. For 
additional  information  about  our  derivative  financial  instruments  (see  Note 2,  "Basis  of  Presentation  and  Preparation"  and 
Note 14, "Derivative Financial Instruments").

Contingent  Consideration.    We  measure  our  contingent  earn-out  liabilities  at  fair  value  on  a  recurring  basis  using 
significant  unobservable  inputs  classified  within  Level  3  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy.  (see  Note 2,  "Basis  of  Presentation  and 
Preparation" and Note 5, "Acquisitions" for further information).

Debt.    The  fair  value  of  long-term  debt  was  determined  using  the  present  value  of  future  cash  flows  based  on  the 
borrowing rates currently available for debt with similar terms and maturities (Level 2 measurement). The carrying value of our 
long-term debt approximated fair value at the end of our fiscal 2023 and 2022. At fiscal 2023 year-end, we had borrowings of 
$320  million  outstanding  under  our Amended  Credit Agreement  and  $575 million  outstanding  under  our  Convertible  Senior 
Notes, which were used to fund our business acquisitions, working capital needs, dividends, capital expenditures and contingent 
earn-outs (see Note 9, "Long-Term Debt").

84 

Defined Benefit Pension Plan.    The fair values of the plan assets are primarily categorized within Level 2 of the fair 

value hierarchy. For additional information about our defined benefit pension plan (see Note 12, "Retirement Plans").

17.         Commitments and Contingencies  

We are subject to certain claims and lawsuits typically filed against the consulting and engineering profession, alleging 
primarily professional errors or omissions. We carry professional liability insurance, subject to certain deductibles and policy 
limits, against such claims. However, in some actions, parties are seeking damages that exceed our insurance coverage or for 
which we are not insured. While management does not believe that the resolution of these claims will have a material adverse 
effect, individually or in aggregate, on our financial  position,  results of operations or cash flows, management  acknowledges 
the uncertainty surrounding the ultimate resolution of these matters. 

On July 15, 2019, following an initial January 14, 2019 filing, the Civil Division of the United States Attorney's Office 
filed an amended complaint in intervention in three qui tam actions filed against our subsidiary, Tetra Tech EC, Inc. ("TtEC"), 
in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California. The complaint alleges False Claims Act violations and breach 
of  contract  related  to  TtEC's  contracts  to  perform  environmental  remediation  services  at  the  former  Hunters  Point  Naval 
Shipyard in San Francisco, California. TtEC disputes the claims and will defend this matter vigorously. We are currently unable 
to determine the probability of the outcome of this matter or the range of reasonably possible loss, if any 

18.         Reportable Segments  

We manage our operations under two reportable segments. Our GSG reportable segment primarily includes activities 
with  U.S.  government  clients  (federal,  state  and  local)  and  all  activities  with  development  agencies  worldwide.  Our  CIG 
reportable segment primarily includes activities with U.S. commercial clients and international clients other than development 
agencies.  

Our reportable segments are described as follows: 

GSG:    GSG  provides  high-end  consulting  and  engineering  services  primarily  to  U.S.  government  clients  (federal, 
state  and  local)  and  development  agencies  worldwide.  GSG  supports  U.S.  government  civilian  and  defense  agencies  with 
services in water, environment, sustainable infrastructure, information technology and disaster management. GSG also provides 
engineering design services for U.S. based federal and municipal clients, especially in water infrastructure, flood protection and 
solid waste. GSG also leads our support for development agencies worldwide, especially in the United States, United Kingdom 
and Australia. 

CIG:    CIG  primarily  provides  high-end  consulting  and  engineering  services  to  U.S.  commercial  clients,  and 
international clients inclusive of the commercial and government sectors. CIG supports commercial clients across the Fortune 
500,  renewable  energy,  industrial,  high  performance  buildings  and  aerospace  markets.  CIG  also  provides  sustainable 
infrastructure  and  related  environmental,  engineering  and  project  management  services  to  commercial  and  local  government 
clients across Canada, in Asia Pacific (primarily Australia and New Zealand), the United Kingdom, as well as Brazil and Chile. 

Management evaluates the performance of these reportable segments based upon  their  respective segment operating 
income before the effect of amortization expense related to acquisitions, and other unallocated corporate expenses. We account 
for inter-segment revenues and transfers as if they were to third parties; that is, by applying a negotiated fee onto the costs of 
the services performed. All significant intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. In fiscal 2023, 
our Corporate segment operating losses included $33.2 million of acquisition and integration expenses as described in Note 5, 
"Acquisitions". We also recorded a $16.4 million ($6.8 million in GSG, $8.3 million in CIG and $1.3 million in Corporate) of a 
non-cash  impairment  charge  related  to  our  ROU  operating  lease  assets  in  fiscal  2023  (see  Note  10,  "Leases"  for  more 
information.) 

85 

The following tables present summarized financial information of our reportable segments (in thousands): 

Reportable Segments 

Revenue

GSG

CIG

Elimination of inter-segment revenue

Total revenue

Income from operations

GSG
CIG
Corporate (1)

Total income from operations

October 1,
2023

Fiscal Year Ended
October 2,
2022

October 3, 
2021

$ 

2,158,889  $ 

1,820,868  $ 

1,772,905 

2,424,649 

1,738,436 

1,500,074 

(60,988)

(55,256)

(59,466)

$ 

4,522,550  $ 

3,504,048  $ 

3,213,513 

$ 

231,762  $ 
243,750 

198,448  $ 
194,142 

(117,399)

(52,144)

$ 

358,113  $ 

340,446  $ 

174,755 
152,262 

(48,316)

278,701 

(1)        Includes  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  impairment  charges,  amortization  of  intangibles,  other  costs  and  other  income  not  allocable  to  segments.  The 
intangible asset amortization expense for fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $41.2 million, $13.2 million and $11.5 million, respectively. Additionally, Corporate 
results  included  (loss)  income  for  fair  value  adjustments  to  contingent  consideration  liabilities  of  $(12.3)  million,  $(0.3)  million  and  $3.3  million  for  fiscal 
2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. See Note 6 - "Goodwill and Intangible Assets" for more information.

Total Assets

GSG

CIG
Corporate (1)

Total assets

Balance at

October 1,
2023

October 2,
2022

$ 

543,066  $ 

994,470 

558,764 

688,640 

2,282,941 

1,375,372 

$ 

3,820,477  $ 

2,622,776 

(1)     Corporate assets consist of intercompany eliminations and assets not allocated to our reportable segments including goodwill, intangible assets, deferred 
income taxes and certain other assets.

Geographic Information

Revenue:

United States
Foreign countries (1)

Total 

Long-lived assets (2): 

United States
Foreign countries (1)

Total 

October 1,
2023

Fiscal Year Ended
October 2,
2022

October 3, 2021

$ 

$ 

2,863,635  $ 

2,416,586  $ 

2,256,086 

1,658,915 

1,087,462 

957,427 

4,522,550  $ 

3,504,048  $ 

3,213,513 

Balance at

October 1,
2023

October 2,
2022

$ 

$ 

159,856  $ 

199,875 

160,174 

77,305 

320,030  $ 

277,180 

86 

(1)      Includes revenue and long-lived assets from our foreign operations, primarily in Canada, Australia and the United Kingdom, and revenue generated from 
non-U.S. clients. 
(2)     Excludes goodwill, intangible assets and deferred income taxes. 

19.         Related Party Transactions 

We  often  provide  services  to  unconsolidated  joint  ventures.  Our  revenue  related  to  services  we  provided  to 
unconsolidated joint ventures for fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $83.1 million, $96.0 million and $95.5 million, respectively. 
Our  related  reimbursable  costs  for  fiscal  2023,  2022  and  2021  were  $78.5  million,  $91.7  million  and  $92.4  million, 
respectively. Our consolidated balance sheets also included the following amounts related to these services (in thousands):

Accounts receivable, net

Contract assets

Contract liabilities

Balance at

October 1, 
2023

October 2, 
2022

$ 

19,944  $ 

16,818 

2,723 

3,158 

2,935 

3,464 

20.         Quarterly Financial Information – Unaudited 

In  the  opinion  of  management,  the  following  unaudited  quarterly  data  for  the  fiscal  2023  and  2022  reflect  all 

adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the results of operations (in thousands, except per share data). 

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022 and in the first and second quarters of fiscal 2023, we recognized a $19.9 million, 
$68.0 million and $21.4 million, respectively, of unrealized gain on a foreign currency forward contract related to the planned 
acquisition  of  RPS.  We  also  recorded  a  $16.4 million  of  a  non-cash  impairment  charge  related  to  our  ROU  operating  lease 
assets in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2023 (see Note 10, "Leases" for more information). Additionally, we incurred $33.2 million 
of acquisition and integration expenses in fiscal 2023 (largely comprised of $19.9 million in the second quarter and $7.3 million 
in fourth quarter) as described in Note 5, "Acquisitions".

87 

Fiscal Year 2023

Revenue

Income from operations

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech

Earnings per share attributable to Tetra Tech:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

Fiscal Year 2022

Revenue

Income from operations

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech

Earnings per share attributable to Tetra Tech:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

First
Quarter

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

$ 

894,766  $  1,158,226  $  1,208,947  $  1,260,611 

92,050 

116,706 

61,011 

42,830 

97,675 

60,235 

107,377 

53,649 

$ 

$ 

2.20  $ 

2.18  $ 

0.80  $ 

0.80  $ 

1.13  $ 

1.12  $ 

1.01 

1.00 

53,069 

53,529 

53,227 

53,627 

53,231 

53,653 

53,247 

53,702 

$ 

858,510  $ 

852,744  $ 

890,231  $ 

902,562 

87,220 

68,489 

74,520 

53,040 

83,905 

58,650 

94,802 

82,947 

$ 

$ 

1.27  $ 

1.25  $ 

0.99  $ 

0.98  $ 

1.10  $ 

1.09  $ 

1.56 

1.55 

53,937 

54,577 

53,834 

54,346 

53,507 

54,006 

53,148 

53,667 

88 

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None. 

Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures 

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures and changes in internal control over financial reporting

At  October 1,  2023,  we  carried  out  an  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  design  and  operation  of  our  disclosure 
controls and procedures. Consistent with the guidance issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff, the evaluation 
excluded  Amyx,  which  we  acquired  on  January  3,  2023,  and  RPS,  which  we  acquired  on  January  23,  2023.  Based  on  our 
management's evaluation (with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer), our principal 
executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer  have  concluded  that,  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  report,  our 
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act), were effective. 

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. As 
defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rule 13a-15(f),  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  by,  or  under  the 
supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officer and effected by our Board of Directors, management and 
other  personnel  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of 
consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Internal controls include those policies 
and  procedures  that  (i) pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that  in  reasonable  detail  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the 
transactions  and  dispositions  of  our  assets;  (ii) provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to 
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP and that our receipts and expenditures are being made 
only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  our  management  and  directors;  and  (iii) provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on 
our  consolidated  financial  statements.  Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not 
prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that 
controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the  policies  or 
procedures may deteriorate. Accordingly,  even effective internal control over financial  reporting can only  provide reasonable 
assurance of achieving their control objectives. 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting at October 1, 2023, based on the 
criteria in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO. Based upon this assessment, management has 
concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective at October 1, 2023. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,  the  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  that  audited  the  consolidated 
financial statements included in this Form 10-K, has issued a report on our internal control over financial reporting. This report, 
dated November 22, 2023, appears on pages 49-51 of this Form 10-K. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

There  were  no  changes  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred during  the  three months  ended 
October 1, 2023 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial 
reporting. 

Item 9B.    Other Information 

None. 

Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance  

PART III 

The information required by this item relating to our directors and nominees, regarding compliance with Section 16(a) 
of the Exchange Act, and regarding our Audit Committee is included under the captions "Item No. 1 – Election of Directors" 
and "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" in our Proxy Statement related to the 2024 Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders and is incorporated by reference. 

Pursuant  to  General  Instruction G  (3)  of  Form 10-K,  the  information  required by  this  item  relating  to  our  executive 

officers is included under the caption "Executive Officers of the Registrant" in Part I of this Report. 

We  have  adopted  a  code  of  ethics  that  applies  to  our  principal  executive  officer  and  all  members  of  our  finance 
department,  including  our  principal  financial  officer  and  principal  accounting  officer.  This  code  of  ethics,  entitled  "Finance 

89 

Code of Professional Conduct," is posted on our website. The Internet address for our website is www.tetratech.com, and the 
code of ethics may be found through a link to the Investor Relations section of our website. 

We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K for any amendment to, or waiver from, a 

provision of this code of ethics by posting any such information on our website, at the address and location specified above. 

Item 11.    Executive Compensation  

The  information  required  by  this  item  is  included  under  the  captions  "Item  No. 1 –  Election  of  Directors"  and 
"Executive  Compensation  Tables"  in  our  Proxy  Statement  related  to  the  2024  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  and  is 
incorporated by reference. 

Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters  

The information required by this item relating to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management, and 
securities  authorized  for  issuance  under  equity  compensation  plans,  is  included  under  the  caption  "Security  Ownership  of 
Management and Significant Stockholders" in our Proxy Statement related to the 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is 
incorporated by reference. 

Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence  

The information required by this item relating to review, approval or ratification of transactions with related persons is 
included  under  the  caption  "Related  Person  Transactions,"  and  the  information  required  by  this  item  relating  to  director 
independence is included under the caption "Item No. 1 – Election of Directors," in each case in our Proxy Statement related to 
the 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated by reference. 

Item 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and Services  

The  information  required  by  this  item  is  included  under  the  caption  "Item  No. 4 –  Ratification  of  Independent 
Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm"  in  our  Proxy  Statement  related  to  the  2024  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  and  is 
incorporated by reference. 

Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules  

(a)

Documents filed as part of this report

1 Consolidated financial statements

PART IV 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at October 1, 2023 and October 2, 2022

Consolidated Statements of Income for the fiscal years ended October 1, 2023, October 2, 2022 and 
October 3, 2021
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended October 1, 2023, 
October 2, 2022 and October 3, 2021
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended October 1, 2023, October 2, 2022 
and October 3, 2021
Consolidated Statements of Equity for the fiscal years ended October 1, 2023, October 2, 2022 and 
October 3, 2021
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 238) 

2 Consolidated financial statement Schedule

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the fiscal years ended October 1, 
2023, October 2, 2022 and October 3, 2021
All other schedules are omitted because they are neither applicable nor required

3 Exhibits

The exhibit list in the Index to Exhibits is incorporated by reference as the list of exhibits required as 
part of this Report.

Page

52

53

54

55

56

58

91

92

90 

Tetra Tech, Inc. 
SCHEDULE II – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES  

For the Fiscal Years Ended 
October 3, 2021, October 2, 2022 and October 1, 2023  
(in thousands) 

Balance at
Beginning of
Period

Charged to
Costs and 
Expenses

Deductions (2) Other (3)

Balance at
End of Period

Allowance for doubtful accounts (1): 

Fiscal 2021
Fiscal 2022

Fiscal 2023

Income tax valuation allowance:

Fiscal 2021
Fiscal 2022

Fiscal 2023

$ 

$ 

7,147  $ 
4,352 

3,749 

(4,130) $ 
(73)

813 

195 
(400)

(137)

1,140  $ 
(130)

540 

24,395  $ 
13,040 

12,286 

13,698  $ 
— 

— 

(26,059) $  1,006  $ 

(162)

(127)

(592)

(496)

4,352 
3,749 

4,965 

13,040 
12,286 

11,663 

(1)       Reflects updated presentation of allowance for doubtful accounts to include expected credit losses in anticipation of our adoption of ASU 2016-13 in the 
first quarter of fiscal 2021.
(2)      Primarily  represents  write-offs  of  uncollectible  amounts,  net  of  recoveries  for  the  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts.  The  income  tax  valuation  amount 
represents the release of a valuation allowance in the United Kingdom in fiscal 2021.
(3)     Includes losses in foreign jurisdictions, currency adjustments and valuation allowance adjustments related to net operating loss carry-forwards.

91 

 
 
 
 
2.1 Rule 2.7 Announcement, dated as of September 23, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s 

Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 26, 2022).

INDEX TO EXHIBITS  

2.2 Cooperation Agreement, dated as of September 23, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 of the Company’s 

Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 26, 2022).

3.1 Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  the  Company  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 3.1  to  the  Company's 

Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 26, 2009).

3.2 Bylaws of the Company (amended and restated as of November 7, 2022) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to 

the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 10, 2022).

4.1 Indenture,  dated  as  of August  22,  2023,  by  and  between  Tetra  Tech,  Inc.  and  U.S.  Bank  Trust  Company,  National 
Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated 
August 22, 2023). 

4.2 Form  of  Global  Note,  representing  Tetra  Tech,  Inc.’s  2.25%  Convertible  Senior  Notes  due  2028  (incorporated  by 

reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 22, 2023).

4.3 Description of Capital Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-

K dated August 22, 2023).

10.1 Bridge Credit Agreement dated as of September 23, 2022 among Tetra Tech, Inc., the lenders party thereto and BofA 
Securities, Inc., as sole leader arranger and sole bookrunner (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 
Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 26, 2022)

10.2 Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of October 26, 2022 among Tetra Tech, Inc., Tetra Tech 
Canada Holding Corporation, Tetra Tech UK Holdings Limited, Tetra Tech Coffey Pty., Ltd., the subsidiary 
guarantors and the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 28, 2022).

10.3 Amendment No. 1 to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 4, 2023 among Tetra Tech, 
Inc., Tetra Tech Canada Holding Corporation, Tetra Tech UK Holdings Limited, Tetra Tech Coffey Pty Ltd, the 
subsidiary guarantors and the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 22, 2023).

10.4 Amendment No. 2 to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 17, 2023 among Tetra Tech, 
Inc., Tetra Tech Canada Holding Corporation, Tetra Tech UK Holdings Limited, Tetra Tech Coffey Pty Ltd, the 
subsidiary guarantors and the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 22, 2023).

10.5 Form  of  Confirmation  for  Capped  Call  Transactions  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Company’s 

Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 22, 2023).

10.6 Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.2  to  the  Company's  Annual  Report  on 

Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012).

10.7 2005  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (as  amended  through  November 7,  2011)  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company's 

Proxy Statement for its 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on February 28, 2012).*

10.8 First  Amendment  to  the  2005  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (as  amended  through  November 7,  2011)  (incorporated  by 
reference  to  Exhibit 10.9  to  the  Company's Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  September 29, 
2013).*

10.9 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company's Proxy Statement for its 2015 Annual Meeting 

of Stockholders held on March 5, 2015).*

10.10 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company's Proxy Statement for its 2018 Annual Meeting 

of Stockholders held on March 8, 2018).*

92 

10.11 Form  of  Indemnity Agreement  entered  into  between  the  Company  and  each  of  its  directors  and  executive  officers 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
October 3, 2004).*

10.12 Amended  and  Restated  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10  to  the  Company's 

Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 29, 2020).* 

10.13 Change of Control Severance Plan effective March 26, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 

Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 9, 2018).*

10.14 Executive  Compensation  Plan  (as  amended  and  restated  November 14,  2013)  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.23 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 29, 2013).*

21. Subsidiaries of the Company.+

23 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP).+ 

24. Power of Attorney (included on page 94 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).

31.1 Chief Executive Officer Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a).+ 

31.2 Chief Financial Officer Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a).+ 

32.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 1350.+ 

32.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 1350.+ 

95. Mine Safety Disclosures.+ 

  101  The following financial information from our Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the period ended October 
1,  2023,  formatted  in  Inline  eXtensible  Business  Reporting  Language:  (i)  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets,  (ii) 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Income,  (iii)  Consolidated  Statement  of  Comprehensive  Income,  (iv)  Consolidated 
Statements  of  Equity,  (v)  Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash  Flows,  (vi)  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements.+(1)

_______________________________________________________________________________ 

* Indicates a management contract or compensatory arrangement. 

+ Filed herewith.
(1) Pursuant  to  Rule 406T  of  Regulation S-T,  the  XBRL  related  information  in  Exhibit 101  to  this  Annual  Report  on 
Form 10-K shall not be deemed to be "filed" for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to 
the liability of the section, and shall not be deemed part of a registration statement, prospectus or other document filed 
under  the  Securities Act  or  the  Exchange Act,  except  as  shall  be  expressly  set  forth  by  specific  reference  in  such 
filings. 

Item 16.    Form 10-K Summary 

None.

93 

 
Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section 13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  the  registrant  has  duly  caused  this  Report  on 

Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Date: November 22, 2023

TETRA TECH, INC.

By:

/s/ DAN L. BATRACK

        Dan L. Batrack
        Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 

POWER OF ATTORNEY 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Dan L. Batrack and 
Steven M. Burdick, jointly and severally, his attorney-in-fact, each with the full power of substitution, for such person, in any and all capacities, to sign any 
and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing 
requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might do or could do in person, hereby ratifying and 
confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his substitute, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons 

on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ DAN L. BATRACK
Dan L. Batrack

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

November 22, 2023

/s/ STEVEN M. BURDICK
Steven M. Burdick

/s/ BRIAN N. CARTER
Brian N. Carter

/s/ GARY R. BIRKENBEUEL
Gary R. Birkenbeuel

/s/ PRASHANT GANDHI
Prashant Gandhi 

/s/ JOANNE M. MAGUIRE
Joanne M. Maguire

/s/ CHRISTIANA OBIAYA
Christiana Obiaya

/s/ KIMBERLY E. RITRIEVI
Kimberly E. Ritrievi

/s/ J. KENNETH THOMPSON
J. Kenneth Thompson

/s/ KIRSTEN M. VOLPI
Kirsten M. Volpi

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

November 22, 2023

(Principal Financial Officer)

Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller

November 22, 2023

(Principal Accounting Officer)

November 22, 2023

November 22, 2023

November 22, 2023

November 22, 2023

November 22, 2023

November 22, 2023

November 22, 2023

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

94 

[This page intentionally left blank] 

COMPANY INFORMATION

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

CORPORATE LEADERSHIP

OPERATIONAL LEADERSHIP

Dan L. Batrack
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, 
Tetra Tech, Inc.

Gary R. Birkenbeuel
Retired Regional Assurance  
Managing Partner, Ernst & Young LLP

Prashant Gandhi
Chief Business Officer, Melio Payments

Joanne M. Maguire
Retired Executive Vice President, 
Lockheed Martin Space

Christie Obiaya
Chief Executive Officer, Heliogen

Kimberly E. Ritrievi
President, The Ritrievi Group LLC

J. Kenneth Thompson
President and Chief Executive Officer, 
Pacific Star Energy, LLC

Kirsten M. Volpi
Executive Vice President, COO,  
CFO, and Treasurer, Colorado  
School of Mines

CHAIRMAN EMERITUS

Li-San Hwang
Former Chairman and 
Chief Executive Officer, Tetra Tech, Inc.

Dan L. Batrack
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Jill M. Hudkins
President

Steven M. Burdick
Executive Vice President, 
Chief Financial Officer

Leslie L. Shoemaker
Executive Vice President, Chief 
Sustainability and Leadership 
Development Officer

William R. Brownlie
Senior Vice President,  
Chief Engineer

Roger R. Argus
President, Government  
Services Group and Commercial/
International Group

Stuart W. Fowler
President, High Performance  
Buildings Division

Craig Hatch
President, Europe and UK Division

Olivier H. Jeannot
President, Federal Information 
Technology Division

Thomas Reilly
President, Global Development
Services Division

Brian N. Carter
Senior Vice President, Corporate 
Controller and Chief Accounting Officer

Lauren Springer
President, U.S. Infrastructure Division

Craig L. Christensen
Senior Vice President, 
Chief Information Officer

Preston Hopson 
Senior Vice President, 
General Counsel and Secretary

Richard A. Lemmon
Senior Vice President, 
Corporate Administration

Brendan M. O’Rourke
Senior Vice President, 
Enterprise Risk Management

Meegan Sullivan
President, Asia Pacific Division

Bernard Teufele
President, Environment/Geotech 
Division

Jeremy B. Travis
President, U.S. Government Division

Jonathan S. Weiss
President, Energy Engineering Division

CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS
Tetra Tech, Inc.
3475 East Foothill Boulevard 
Pasadena, California 91107-6024 USA

Telephone: +1 (626) 351-4664 
Fax: +1 (626) 351-5291
tetratech.com

SHAREHOLDER INQUIRIES
Telephone: +1 (626) 470-2844 
Email: investor.relations@tetratech.com 

TRANSFER AGENT AND 
REGISTRAR
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
P.O. Box 505000
Louisville, Kentucky 40233-5000 

Telephone: +1 (800) 962-4284

STOCK LISTING
The Company’s common stock is 
traded on the NASDAQ Global Select 
Market (Symbol: TTEK)